summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/25778-8.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '25778-8.txt')
-rw-r--r--25778-8.txt7702
1 files changed, 7702 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/25778-8.txt b/25778-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8516d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25778-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7702 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook, Polly's Business Venture, by Lillian
+Elizabeth Roy, Illustrated by H. S. Barbour
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+
+
+
+Title: Polly's Business Venture
+
+
+Author: Lillian Elizabeth Roy
+
+
+
+Release Date: June 13, 2008 [eBook #25778]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK POLLY'S BUSINESS VENTURE***
+
+
+E-text prepared by Roger Frank and the Project Gutenberg Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team (https://www.pgdp.net)
+
+
+
+Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this
+ file which includes the original illustrations.
+ See 25778-h.htm or 25778-h.zip:
+ (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/5/7/7/25778/25778-h/25778-h.htm)
+ or
+ (https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/5/7/7/25778/25778-h.zip)
+
+
+
+
+
+POLLY'S BUSINESS VENTURE
+
+by
+
+LILLIAN ELIZABETH ROY
+
+Author of
+Polly of Pebbly Pit, Polly and Eleanor,
+Polly in New York, Polly and
+Her Friends Abroad
+
+Illustrated by H. S. Barbour
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: THE TWO CARS COLLIDED.
+Polly's Business Venture. Frontispiece--(Page 99)]
+
+
+
+New York
+Grosset & Dunlap
+Publishers
+
+Made in the United States of America
+
+Copyright, 1922, by
+Grosset & Dunlap
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+ CHAPTER PAGE
+ I POLLY RETURNS TO AMERICA 1
+ II A DISAPPOINTING EVENING 18
+ III THE ACCIDENT 34
+ IV A REUNION AND A VISITOR 47
+ V THE RAID ON CHOKO'S FIND MINE 58
+ VI POLLY AND ELEANOR BEGIN COLLECTING 74
+ VII A REVOLUTIONARY RELIC HUNT 94
+ VIII ANOTHER ATTEMPT AT COLLECTING 109
+ IX POLLY'S HUNT IN 'JERSEY 127
+ X UNEXPECTED NEWS FROM PEBBLY PIT 151
+ XI POLLY'S FIRST CONTRACT 167
+ XII THE PARSIPPANY VENDUE 182
+ XIII TOM MEANS BUSINESS 199
+ XIV NECESSARY EXPLANATIONS 213
+ XV MUTUAL CONSOLATION 231
+ XVI BEAUX OR BUSINESS 250
+ XVII BUSINESS 269
+
+
+
+
+
+
+POLLY'S BUSINESS VENTURE
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+POLLY RETURNS TO AMERICA
+
+
+Five girls were promenading the deck of one of our great Atlantic liners,
+on the last day of the trip. The report had gone out that they might
+expect to reach quarantine before five o'clock, but it would be too late
+to dock that night, therefore the captain had planned an evening's
+entertainment for all on board.
+
+"Miss Brewster! Miss Polly Brewster! Polly Brewster!" came a call from
+one of the young boys of the crew who was acting as messenger for the
+wireless operator.
+
+"Polly, he is calling you! I wonder what it is?" cried Eleanor Maynard,
+Polly's dearest friend.
+
+"Here, boy! I am Polly Brewster," called Polly, waving her hand to call
+his attention to herself.
+
+"Miss Polly Brewster?" asked the uniformed attendant politely, lifting
+his cap.
+
+"Yes."
+
+He handed her an envelope such as the wireless messages are delivered in,
+and bowed to take his leave of the group of girls. Polly gazed at the
+outside of the envelope but did not open it. Her friends laughed and
+Nancy Fabian, the oldest girl of the five, said teasingly:
+
+"Isn't it delicious to worry one's self over who could have sent us a
+welcome, when we _might_ know for certain, if we would but act
+prosaically and open the seal."
+
+The girls laughed, and Eleanor remarked, knowingly: "Oh, _Polly_ knows
+who it is from! She just wants to enjoy a few extra thrills before she
+reads the message."
+
+"Nolla, I do _not_ know, and you know it! You always make 'a mountain
+from a mole-hill.' I declare, you are actually growing to be childish in
+your old age!" retorted Polly, sarcastically.
+
+Her latter remark drew forth a peal of laughter from the girls, Eleanor
+included. But Polly failed to join in the laugh. She cast a withering
+glance at Eleanor, and walked aside to open the envelope. The four
+interested girls watched her eagerly as she read the short message.
+
+Polly would have given half of her mine on Grizzly Slide, to have
+controlled her expression. But the very knowledge that the four friends
+were critically eyeing her, made her flush uncomfortably as she folded up
+the paper again, and slipped it in her pocket.
+
+"Ha! What did I tell you! It is from HIM!" declared Eleanor, laughingly.
+
+Dorothy Alexander was duly impressed, for she had firmly believed,
+hitherto, that Polly was a man-hater. The manner in which she had scorned
+Jimmy Osgood on that tour of England would have led anyone to believe
+that such was the case. Now the tell-tale blush and Eleanor's innuendo,
+caused Dorothy to reconsider her earlier judgment.
+
+Polly curled her full red lip at Eleanor's remark, and was about to speak
+of something of general interest, when Dorothy unexpectedly asked a (to
+her) pertinent question.
+
+"Polly, has anyone ever proposed to you?"
+
+Eleanor laughed softly to herself, and Polly sent poor Dodo a pitying
+glance. "Is that little head of yours entirely void of memory, Dodo?"
+said she.
+
+Then, without waiting for a reply, Polly continued: "Did not Jimmy
+propose to me, as well as to every one of you girls?"
+
+"Oh, but I didn't mean that sort of an affair," explained Dorothy. "I
+mean--were you ever in love with anyone who thought he loved _you_?"
+
+"Oh, isn't this a delightful conversation? I wouldn't have missed it for
+anything in the world!" laughed Eleanor.
+
+"Nolla," rebuked Polly, seriously, "your head has been so turned since
+all those poor fortune-hunters in Europe flattered you, that I fear you
+will never succeed in business with me. I shall have to find someone else
+who will prove trustworthy and work."
+
+Polly's threat did not appear to disturb Eleanor very much, for she
+laughed merrily and retorted: "Dodo, if I answer your question for Polly,
+what will you do for me, some day?"
+
+"Nolla, you mind your own affairs!" exclaimed Polly, flushing again.
+"Dodo is such a tactless child that she never stops to consider whether
+her questions are too personal, or not. But _you_--well, you know better,
+and I forbid you to discuss me any further."
+
+"Come, come, girls! This little joke is really going too far, if Polly
+feels hurt about it. Let us drop the subject and talk about the dance the
+Captain is going to give us tonight," suggested Nancy.
+
+"I'm going to wear the new gown mother got in Paris," announced Dorothy.
+"Ma says we can save duty on it if I wear it before it reaches shore."
+
+The other girls laughed, and Eleanor added: "That's a good plan, Dodo. I
+guess I will follow your example. I've got so many dutiable things in my
+trunks, that I really ought to economise on something."
+
+"Well, I won't wear one of my new dresses tonight for just that reason.
+If I want them badly enough, to bring them all the way from Paris where
+we get them so much cheaper than on this side, then I'm willing to pay
+Uncle Sam his revenue on them," said Polly, loftily.
+
+"Ho! I don't believe it is duty you are saving, as much as indulging in
+perverseness by not donning one of your most fetching gowns," declared
+Eleanor.
+
+"Maybe it is," said Polly, smiling tantalizingly at her chum. "Perhaps I
+want to keep the freshness of them for someone in New York, eh?"
+
+"Certainly! _He_ will be there to meet you, sure thing!" laughed Eleanor.
+
+At that, Dorothy drew Eleanor aside and, when Polly was not looking,
+whispered eagerly: "Do tell me who he is?"
+
+But Eleanor laughingly shook her head and whispered back: "I dare not!
+That is Polly's secret!"
+
+But she did not add for Dorothy's edification, that try as she would, she
+(Eleanor) had never been able to make Polly confess whether she preferred
+one swain to another. As Eleanor considered this a weakness in her own
+powers of persuasion, she never allowed anyone to question her that far.
+
+Had anyone of the four girls dreamed of who the sender of the wireless
+was, what a buzzing there would have been! Eleanor Maynard would have
+been so pleased at the possibility of a romance, that she would have
+acted even more tantalizing, in Polly's opinion, than she had been of
+late months.
+
+Perhaps you are not as well acquainted with Polly and her friends,
+however, as I am, and it would be unkind to continue their experiences
+for your entertainment, until after you are duly informed of how Polly
+happened to leave her home in Oak Creek and also what had passed during
+the Summer in Europe.
+
+Polly Brewster was born and reared on a Rocky Mountain ranch, in
+Colorado, and had until her fourteenth year, never been farther from her
+home than Oak Creek, which was the railroad station and post office of
+the many ranchers of that section.
+
+Eleanor Maynard, the younger daughter of Mr. Maynard who was a prosperous
+banker of Chicago, accompanied her sister Barbara and Anne Stewart, the
+teacher, when they spent a summer on the ranch. Their thrilling
+adventures during the first half of that summer are told in the book
+called "Polly of Pebbly Pit," the first volume of this series.
+
+After the discovery of the gold mine on Grizzly Slide, and the subsequent
+troubles with the claim-jumpers, Polly and her friends sent for John
+Brewster who was engaged to Anne Stewart, and Tom Latimer, John's best
+friend, to leave their engineering work on some mines, for the time
+being, and hasten to Pebbly Pit to advise about the gold mine, and to
+take action to protect the girls. These experiences are told in the
+second volume of this series.
+
+Success being assured in the mining plans of the gold vein on Grizzly
+Slide, and the valuable lava cliffs located on Pebbly Pit ranch also
+finding a market as brilliant gems for use in jewelry, Polly and Eleanor
+decided to accompany Anne Stewart to New York, where she was going to
+teach in an exclusive school for young ladies.
+
+In the third book, Polly and Eleanor's adventures in New York are told.
+Their school experiences; the amateur theatricals at which Polly saved a
+girl from the fire, and thus found some splendid friends; and the new
+acquaintance, Ruth Ashby, who was the only child of the Ashbys. They also
+met Mr. Fabian in a most unusual manner, and through him, they became
+interested in Interior Decorating, to study it as a profession. When the
+school-year ended, all these friends invited the two girls to join their
+party that was planned to tour Europe and visit noted places where
+antiques are exhibited.
+
+The following fourth book describes the amusing incidents of the three
+girls on board the steamer, after they meet the Alexanders. Mrs.
+Alexander, the gorgeously-plumed ranch-woman; Dorothy, always known as
+"Dodo," the restive girl of Polly's own age; and little Ebeneezer
+Alexander, too meek and self-effacing to deny his spouse anything, but
+always providing the funds for her caprices. This present caprice, of
+rushing to Europe to find a "title" for Dodo to marry, was the latest and
+hardest of all for him to agree to.
+
+Because of Mrs. Alexander's whim, the ludicrous experiences that came
+upon the innocent heads of Polly and her friends, in the tour of England
+in two motor cars, decided them to escape from that lady, and run away to
+Paris. Before they could sigh in relief at their freedom, however, the
+Alexanders loomed again on their horizon.
+
+Plan as they would, the badgered tourists found that Mrs. Alexander had
+annexed herself permanently to them. They resigned themselves to the
+inevitable. But that carried with it more ridiculous affairs, when Mrs.
+Alexander plotted for the titles found dangling before her, in various
+places on the Continent.
+
+One good result came from this association with the Alexanders: Dodo
+found how fascinating the work of collecting really was, and decided to
+study decorating as an art. Hence she spurned her mother's ambitions for
+her, and announced her plan of remaining in New York with the girls, upon
+their return to America, to follow in their line of study.
+
+Mrs. Alexander felt quite satisfied to live in New York for a season, as
+she fancied it an easy matter to forge a way into good society there. But
+her spouse detested large cities and longed for his mining life once
+more, but agreed to it because Dodo was delighted with the opportunity
+opened before her, in the profession of decorator.
+
+Polly's party on board the steamer consisted of Mr. and Mrs. Ashby and
+Ruth; Mr. and Mrs. Fabian and Nancy; Mr. and Mrs. Alexander and Dodo; and
+lastly, Polly Brewster and Eleanor Maynard.
+
+Just a word about the last two girls: Polly knew that Eleanor was fond of
+Paul Stewart since she met him a few years before. And Eleanor wondered
+if Polly preferred Tom Latimer to any other young man she knew; but Polly
+always declared that she was married to her profession and had no time to
+spare for beaus. Hence Tom Latimer sighed and hoped that she might change
+her mind some day.
+
+Meantime, Tom lost no good opportunity to show how he appreciated Polly
+and, whenever possible, he managed to perform the little deeds that mean
+so much to a woman--especially if that woman is young and impressionable.
+Thus he actually made better headway in his silent campaign for Polly, by
+never broaching the subject of love--from which she would have fled
+instantly and then barred the doors of her heart.
+
+The wireless received by Polly was from Tom who had been anxiously
+awaiting the time when he could communicate with the vessel. The contents
+of the message could have been read to all the world without exciting
+comment--it was so brotherly. But Polly felt that it was a private
+welcome to her and so it was not to be shared with others.
+
+The wireless said that Tom and Polly's dear friends who were in New York,
+had been invited on board Mr. Dalken's yacht, to visit the quarantined
+steamer that evening. That they would arrive about eight o'clock, having
+secured passes from the Inspector at Quarantine.
+
+Although this explanation about Polly and her associates took time for
+_us_, it did not interrupt the lively banter between the five girls.
+Dorothy was now certain that Polly had a real beau, somewhere, and being
+so very candid and talkative herself, she admired the reticence displayed
+by Polly in keeping the affairs of her heart to herself.
+
+Dodo whispered back to Eleanor: "Dear me! I hope he is worthy of her. She
+ought to have the finest husband in the world."
+
+Eleanor laughed. "Don't worry, Dodo. She will. If he was not meant for
+Polly, I'd try and get him for myself--that is how much I admire him."
+
+"Oh my! Won't you tell me something about him, Nolla?" asked Dorothy,
+eagerly.
+
+"I really don't dare, Dodo," returned Eleanor, assuming a wise
+expression. "Polly would drop me forever, if she thought I confided in
+anyone about her love-affairs. Besides, you can find out everything for
+yourself, now that you are going to remain with us, this winter. Still, I
+would love to know just who that wireless came from." Eleanor added the
+latter remark after a moment's deep consideration.
+
+"I'll tell you what we can do," ventured Dorothy, in a whisper. "We have
+often visited the wireless room; let's you and I go there again, and
+start a friendly chat with the operator. Maybe he will speak of the
+message."
+
+Without stopping to think whether this method would be principled or not,
+Eleanor eagerly agreed to Dorothy's plan. While Polly and Nancy were
+discussing the beautiful hazy picture made by New York's sky-line as seen
+from the Harbor at Quarantine, Dorothy and Eleanor hurried to the
+wireless room.
+
+The young man had often been entertained by the girls during the trip
+from Europe, so this visit was not suspected of having a secret motive
+back of it. He chatted pleasantly with his callers and, after a time,
+spoke of the very topic they wished to hear about.
+
+"I suppose you girls will all be on the _qui vive_ this evening?"
+
+"Yes, it is awfully nice of the captain, isn't it?" said Eleanor,
+referring to the dance and thinking that the operator also meant that
+event.
+
+"Oh, I do not think the captain had as much to do with the invitation as
+had the Inspector General of the Quarantine. Of course we have a clean
+bill for the ship or no one would have been allowed to step on board
+tonight; but at the same time your friends must have had a good hard time
+to get the invitation from the authorities. Only a New Yorker who
+understands the ropes, could have managed the matter so quickly."
+
+Dorothy was about to ask what he was talking about, when Eleanor pinched
+her arm for silence. Then the latter spoke: "Oh yes! He is a wonder--we
+think!"
+
+Dorothy gasped at Eleanor, and the smiling girl winked secretly at her.
+The operator had not seen the pinch nor the wink, but he continued
+guilelessly: "Well, from what I've seen of Miss Polly, only a 'wonder'
+would cause her to notice him at all!"
+
+He laughed at his own words and Eleanor joined him, even though she
+failed to see a joke. Then she said: "Polly could have so _many_
+admirers, but she never looks at a man. Perhaps that is why all you males
+sigh so broken-heartedly at her heels."
+
+The young man laughed softly to himself. "Maybe! But this 'Tom' seems to
+feel assured of a 'look' from her."
+
+Now it was Dorothy's turn to pinch Eleanor, and she did so with great
+gusto. Eleanor winced but dared not express herself in any other manner,
+just then. She was too keen on the trail of learning what she could, to
+signify any sense of having felt that pinch.
+
+"Oh--Tom! He is an old family friend, you know. He was Polly's brother's
+college-chum for four years while both boys studied at the University of
+Chicago. I am from Chicago, and I knew those boys when they used to come
+to my home with my brother, who also attended the engineering classes.
+There was a fourth boy--Paul Stewart, who was from Denver. Anne Stewart
+was his sister and she married John Brewster, this Spring. So you see, we
+are all old friends together. I suppose the whole family crowd will come
+out on the yacht, tonight."
+
+Dorothy listened in sheer amazement, as Eleanor spoke with all the
+assurance possible. But Dorothy was not aware of Eleanor's lifelong
+training in the home of a social leader of Chicago's exclusive set. That
+such a home-training made a girl precocious and subtle, was not strange,
+and Eleanor had had fourteen years of such a life before she went to
+Pebbly Pit and met Polly. Habits so well-engrounded are not easily
+broken, or forgotten.
+
+"Then the sender ought to have sent his message to one of the adults of
+the party. Even _I_ misjudged the matter, because I thought this 'Tom'
+must be a faithful admirer of Miss Polly's to get through to visit the
+steamer tonight," explained the operator.
+
+"But he isn't coming alone--didn't you stop to consider that?" asked
+Eleanor, eagerly. "Seeing that most of the friends are Polly's personal
+ones, the wire was sent to her, you know."
+
+"I see."
+
+"The only thing that hurt me, was that no one sent me a message. Tom is
+as dear to me as to Polly, and I wonder he did not wire me."
+
+"Perhaps this Tom thought you would have scores of eager messages the
+moment your beaus knew you were near enough to get them," laughed the
+young officer.
+
+"Well, they didn't! But I want you to do something for me--will you?"
+asked Eleanor, quite unexpectedly.
+
+"I will if I can," agreed the officer.
+
+"Write off a fake message for me and sign some make-believe name to it,
+so I can hold my head up with Polly. She will never let me rest if she
+thinks she got a line, and I didn't!"
+
+"Oh, that is easy to do. As long as we know it will never come out, and
+that I wrote a line to you, it will be a good joke."
+
+"All right!" laughed Eleanor, delightedly. "Now write:----" She stopped
+suddenly, then thought for a moment before she said: "Why not copy the
+exact words sent to Polly, but sign another name?"
+
+"I'll write one, as much like the original as possible without actually
+duplicating that information," chuckled the officer.
+
+Then he took up a slip of paper and wrote: "Miss Eleanor Maynard. We will
+join you this evening, on steamer. Yacht will arrive about eight." He
+looked up laughingly and asked: "Now what name shall we sign to this?"
+
+"Oh--let me see! Sign 'Paul.' I know he is in New York, now, so I am not
+taking chances of making a mistake," laughed Eleanor.
+
+The name "Paul" was added to the message and the paper placed in an
+envelope. This was addressed to Eleanor Maynard and her stateroom number
+written down upon it. Then it was handed to the gratified girl.
+
+The young man was thanked with unwarranted warmth, and the two girls
+hastened away.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+A DISAPPOINTING EVENING
+
+
+Eleanor and Dorothy did not join their friends at once, after leaving the
+wireless room. Eleanor explained wisely: "We must promenade along the
+deck and let them see us reading and talking over the message, you know,
+to make them believe we just got it from the boy."
+
+So this little act was carried out, and when the two girls felt sure that
+Polly and her companions had noticed them reading the wireless message,
+Eleanor whispered: "Now we can stroll over and join them. Leave it to
+me."
+
+Just before she joined her friends, Eleanor thrust the paper into her
+sweater pocket, and seemed not to remember it. But Nancy spoke of it,
+immediately.
+
+"I see you received a _billet-doux_, too. Is there any reason why I
+should not say to you exactly what you said to Polly, when she got hers?"
+laughed the young lady.
+
+"Oh, not at all! I am not so bashful about my affair," retorted Eleanor,
+taking the paper from her pocket and handing it to Nancy. "You may read
+it aloud, if you choose."
+
+So Nancy read, and the fact that the words conveyed the same information
+as Polly's had done, but the sender had signed himself "Paul," made Polly
+feel relieved. Then she said:
+
+"It is evident that someone secured a yacht to carry our friends out to
+see us this evening. My message said about the same thing, so now, you
+see, it was ridiculous in Eleanor to tease about it being a love-note.
+Had she been sensible I would have read it aloud to all, but because of
+her silliness, I made up my mind to keep her guessing."
+
+Nancy and Ruth laughed, but Eleanor and Dorothy exchanged glances with
+each other. Then Nancy said anxiously: "We ought to start and dress most
+fetchingly for tonight, if everyone you know is coming out."
+
+Before anyone could reply to this suggestion, Mr. Fabian was seen
+hurrying across the deck to join them. "Girls, our old friend Dalken has
+a yacht, I hear, and he has invited everyone we know to come out here
+this evening to welcome us home. We are to be ready to return with him,
+as he has secured the necessary bill-of-health for us. Now get down to
+your rooms quickly and pack."
+
+"Oh--aren't we going to remain to the dance?" asked Eleanor, with
+disappointment in her tones.
+
+"You can do as you please about that, but we will go back on the yacht
+when she returns to the city."
+
+In the bustle of packing the stateroom trunks, and then dressing for the
+evening, the girls forgot about the wireless messages. Then during the
+dinner that was like a party affair because of the passengers' exuberant
+spirits at being so near home again, Mr. Fabian smiled approvingly at the
+five young girls in his charge. They looked so charming in their Paris
+gowns, and their youthful forms and faces expressed such joy and pleasure
+in living, that he felt gratified to think the old friends would see them
+as _he_ did that evening.
+
+Shortly after leaving the dining-salon, the attention of the Fabian party
+was drawn to a graceful white yacht that sailed swiftly down the Bay and
+soon came alongside the steamer. The spotless looking sailors instantly
+lowered the boat and a party of young people got in. The Fabian group
+leaned over the rail of the steamer and watched breathlessly as the boat
+was rowed across the intervening space and, finally, was made fast to the
+steamer.
+
+"Poll, did you recognize your future Fate?" giggled Eleanor, nudging her
+companion, knowingly.
+
+"I saw _yours_!" retorted Polly. "And now I comprehend why you can speak
+of nothing else than beaus and Fate! You are so obsessed by your own
+dreams that you think everyone you know must be dreaming the same stuff!"
+
+Polly turned quickly and hurried to the spot where the visitors were
+being greeted by Mr. Fabian, and the other girls, laughing at the
+repartee, followed. In the first group to arrive were Tom Latimer and his
+younger brother Jim; Kenneth Evans, Jim's chum; Paul Stewart; and John
+Brewster with Anne, his bride.
+
+Happy welcomes were exchanged between everyone, but Polly purposely
+avoided any extra favor being shown Tom Latimer, although he looked as if
+he deserved it more than Jim and his friend Kenneth. Eleanor quite openly
+showed her preference for Paul, when they separated from the others for
+the evening.
+
+"Where is Mr. Dalken and the others?" asked Polly, gazing around at the
+small group that had arrived on board.
+
+"The boat is going back for the second installment," explained Anne,
+keeping an arm about Polly's waist. "We-all were too impatient to see you
+to accept the suggestion of waiting for the second trip, so the older
+ones sent us off first."
+
+To Polly's surprise and joy, the second boat-load brought her father and
+mother, Mrs. Stewart, the Latimers, the Evans, and Mr. Dalken, the owner
+of the yacht. When the family circle was complete, on board the steamer,
+they proved to be a happy party, and many of the passengers wished they
+were included in that merry group.
+
+The steamer rolled gently with the swells from the ocean, while the full
+moon shone mistily through a fog that veiled its brightness enough to add
+romance to the meeting of the various young people on deck. Eleanor and
+Paul had been genuinely delighted to see each other again, and neither
+cared _who_ knew just how much they liked each other.
+
+Polly watched them for a time, then smiled as they walked away to
+discover a cozy retreat behind one of the giant smoke-stacks, where they
+could enjoy a tête-à-tête without interruption. When she turned to
+hear what her brother John was saying, she found Tom Latimer just at her
+elbow.
+
+"Suppose we find a nice sheltered spot where you can tell me all about
+your trip abroad?" suggested Tom, his eyes speaking too plainly how
+anxious he was to get Polly away from the others.
+
+"Oh, I'd far rather be with the crowd and hear all that is being said,"
+said Polly, nervously.
+
+"Very well, then," said Tom, moodily. "I only thought you'd like to hear
+all about Grizzly Slide and how it's been cutting up this summer. The
+gold mine has had several adventurers trying to jump the claim, too; and
+Rainbow Cliffs has had an injunction served on it so that we are tied up
+by law, this year."
+
+"So mother wrote to me. But I don't want to hear about troubles and
+business tonight. I just want to enjoy myself after coming home to all
+the dear folks," said Polly.
+
+Tom was too unsophisticated with girls, although he was so popular with
+men, to make allowance for the contrary spirit that often sways a girl
+when she wishes to make a good impression; so he sulked and followed at
+Polly's heels when she hurried after her friends.
+
+Mr. Dalken turned just now, and saw the girl running as if to get away
+from Tom, and he understood, fairly well, just how matters were. So he
+endeavored to calm Polly's perturbed spirit and encourage Tom's "faint
+heart" at the same time.
+
+"Well, Polly dear," said he, placing an arm about her shoulders, "now
+that you have seen many of the wonder-spots of Europe, and know more
+about antiques and art than any of us, I suppose you are quite decided
+that business is not your forte, eh? The next thing I'll hear from you,
+you'll have dropped your ambitions and be sailing down a love-stream to a
+snug harbor."
+
+"Indeed not! You ought to know me better than that, Mr. Dalken," declared
+Polly, vehemently, causing her companions to laugh. "I am more determined
+than ever, since seeing such wonderful things in Europe, to devote my
+life to my chosen profession. Why, the marvellous objects I saw in
+Europe, used in interior decorating in centuries past, enthuse me anew. I
+wonder that anyone can keep from studying this fascinating art where
+there is such a broad field of work and interest."
+
+Polly's mother and father listened to their daughter, with adoration
+plainly expressed on their faces, and Tom had to grit his teeth to keep
+from swearing, because of what he considered their influence over Polly
+in this, her foolish infatuation for a business when she ought to be in
+love with him.
+
+When Mr. Dalken saw that he had launched a dangerous subject for Polly
+and Tom, he had a bright idea. So he acted upon it instantly. He excused
+himself from his friends' circle, and sought the Captain. In a short time
+thereafter, the passengers heard the band playing dance music, and
+immediately, most of the younger set hurried to the Grand Salon.
+
+It was second nature with Polly to dance, and she did so with as much
+grace as she rode her father's thoroughbred horses on the ranch; or hiked
+the Rockies, over boulders and down-timber like a fawn. Kenneth Evans,
+the youngest man in the party from the city, was by far the handsomest
+one in the group; and when he guided Polly through the maze of dancers,
+they both attracted much attention.
+
+Tom stood and sulked while he watched Polly dance, but he refused to
+dance himself, although he was considered a most desirable partner by any
+one who had ever danced with him. Eleanor was having such a thoroughly
+good time while dancing with Paul, that she forgot about the romances and
+lovers' quarrels of others.
+
+The moment Kenneth escorted Polly to a chair and stood fanning her, Tom
+pushed a way over to them and said, quite assuredly: "The next dance is
+mine, Polly."
+
+"Why, I never told you so, at all!" exclaimed Polly, annoyed at Tom's
+tone and manner. "How do you know there will be another one?"
+
+Tom flushed and sent Kenneth an angry glance, although poor Ken was
+innocent of any guile in this case.
+
+"If you do not care to dance with me, Polly, say so, and I'll go to the
+smoking-room and enjoy the companionship of men who appreciate me,"
+retorted Tom, impatiently.
+
+The imp of resistance took instant possession of Polly, and she said:
+"Tom, there's where you belong--with men who want to talk about work and
+money. You are too old to enjoy youthful follies as I do."
+
+Tom had been dreaming of this meeting with Polly again, for so long, that
+now everything seemed shattered for him. He felt so injured at her
+mention of his age in comparison with her own, that he said nothing more,
+but turned on his heel and marched away without a backward glance. His
+very foot-falls spoke of his feelings.
+
+Polly turned to Kenneth and resumed her laughing banter, and he thought
+she was glad to rid herself of Tom's company. He felt puzzled, too,
+because Tom Latimer, in _his_ estimation, was everything noble and manly.
+But Kenneth was inexperienced with girls' subtleties. Had Eleanor been
+present she would have understood perfectly how matters were.
+
+After this incident, Polly danced every dance with a gayety of manner
+that she did not truly feel. Some of the joy of that party was lacking,
+but she would not question the cause of it.
+
+Tom went directly to the smoking-room where he sat down to brood over his
+misery. He never filled his pipe, but sat lost in thought until a
+friendly voice at his elbow said: "Well, old pard! Anne says you are to
+come with me. She has a word to say. She is a wizard, too, so you'd best
+obey without question."
+
+Tom looked up and saw John. "Can Anne help me in the planning of the
+legal defence of those lava-cliffs at Pebbly Pit?" Tom demanded of his
+friend.
+
+John smiled knowingly. "I'll admit you're not smoking, even though you
+rushed to a sanctum protected from girls' invasion; and you are not
+thinking of lava or injunctions, just now. You're pitying yourself for
+what you consider shabby treatment, while all the time Anne can see that
+your evening's disappointment is your own fault."
+
+Tom weakened. "For goodness' sake, tell Anne to advise me what to do, if
+she knows every cure."
+
+"Come on and have a talk with her. She is just outside, waiting for us,"
+coaxed John, placing his arm in that of his friend's, and gently forcing
+him out of the room.
+
+When Tom met Anne's sympathetic eyes, he confessed. "Anne, what's the
+matter with Polly? She doesn't seem to know I am on earth. Did you watch
+her enjoy that dance with a kid like Ken, and then snub _me_ outright
+when I asked her to dance the next one with me?"
+
+"I don't know what she did, Tom, but let me give you a bit of sensible
+advice about Polly. John thinks I am right in this, too, don't you,
+dear?" Wise Anne Brewster turned anxiously to John for his opinion.
+
+"Yes, Tom, Anne is a wonder in such things. You listen to her, old man,"
+agreed John.
+
+Tom sighed heavily and signified his willingness to listen to anything
+that would end his heartache. Both his companions smiled as if they
+deemed this case an everyday matter.
+
+"Tom, you are morbid from over-work at the mines," began Anne. "Remember
+this, Polly has been on the go in Europe all summer, seeing first one
+interesting thing after another, and not giving a single thought to you,
+or anyone, on this side the water. She sneered at anyone who tried to
+flatter her, or pretended to make love to her, while in Europe, and only
+cared for art during that tour which meant so much to her.
+
+"You ought to be thankful that she took this attitude, and returned home
+heart-whole. What would you have done, had she fallen in love with an
+attractive young man with a title? But she was too sensible for that. She
+returns home with her mind still filled with the wonderful things she saw
+abroad, and eager to tell everyone she knows all about her trip.
+Naturally, she never gives a thought to a lover, or a future husband. She
+is too young for that sort of thing, anyway, and her family would
+discourage anyone who suggested such ideas to her. We want her to
+continue her studies and find joy and satisfaction in her work, until she
+is twenty-one, at least, and then she can consider matrimony.
+
+"You know, Tom, that we all favor you immensely, as a future husband for
+Polly, but we certainly would discountenance any advances you might make
+right now, to turn Polly's thoughts from sensible work and endeavor, to a
+state of discontent caused by the dreams of young love. If you are not
+willing to be a good friend to the girl, now, and wait until she is
+older, before you show your intentions, then I will certainly do my
+utmost to keep Polly out of your way. But if, on the other hand, you
+promise to guard your expression and behavior, and only treat Polly as a
+good brother might, then we will do everything in our power to protect
+Polly from any other admirers and to further your interests as best we
+can. Do you understand, now?"
+
+Tom had listened thoughtfully, and when Anne concluded, he said: "If I
+thought I had a chance in the end, I would gladly wait a thousand years
+for Polly!"
+
+"Well, you won't have to do that," laughed Anne. "In a few years, at the
+most, Polly will want to get out of business, and settle down like other
+girls--to a slave of a husband and a lovely home of her own that she can
+decorate and enjoy to her heart's content."
+
+Tom brightened up visibly at such alluring pictures, and promised to do
+exactly as Anne advised him to.
+
+"If Polly pays no attention to you now, remember it is because she is
+different from most girls you have known. She was brought up at Pebbly
+Pit ranch without any young companions, until _we_ went there that
+summer. She had a yearning for the beautiful in art and other things, but
+never had the slightest opportunity in the Rocky Mountains, to further
+her ideals. The only education she had had in the great and beautiful,
+was when she was riding the peaks and could study Nature in her grandest
+works.
+
+"Can you blame her, then, because she revels in her studies and has no
+other desire, at present, than that of reaching a plane where she can
+indulge her talent and ideals? Can't you see that a youthful marriage to
+Polly, now seems like a sacrifice of all she considers worth while in
+life?"
+
+Tom nodded understandingly as he listened to Anne. And John added: "I
+told you Anne had the right idea of this affair! Polly's absolutely safe,
+for a few years, from all love-tangles. And when she begins to weary of
+hard work and disappointments in business, then is your chance to show
+her a different life."
+
+"But, Tom," quickly added Anne, "do not give Polly the opportunity,
+again, to suspect you of lover-like intentions. Be a first-class brother
+to her, and let _her_ wonder if she has any further interest in you.
+Never show your trump card to a girl."
+
+Both men laughed at this sage advice, and John nodded smilingly: "Anne
+ought to know, Tom. That was the way she got me."
+
+Anne was about to answer teasingly, when Mr. Dalken came up and said:
+"I've been hunting you three everywhere. Hurry and get your wraps, as the
+yacht is waiting to return to the City."
+
+The trio then learned that passes had been granted the members in Mr.
+Fabian's party, to leave the steamer that night and go back with their
+friends, on the yacht. So the cabin baggage had been brought up to the
+gang-way, and when Mr. Dalken summoned John and his companions to come
+and help the girls get away, the boats were already on their way to the
+yacht with the luggage.
+
+Many of their fellow-passengers crowded about the party when they were
+ready to go. Good-bys were exchanged and the happy bevy of young folks
+left. Then the boat returned for the older members in the party, and soon
+the yacht was ready to fly back to her dock, up the River, near 72nd
+street. But the thick haze that had made the moon look so romantic,
+developed into an impenetrable fog. And anyone who has ever experienced
+such a fog hanging over New York Harbor, knows what it is to try to go
+through it.
+
+So the vessel had not traveled past the Statue of Liberty, before the
+heavy pall of fog suddenly dropped silently over the Bay, and anything
+farther than a few feet away from the radius of the electric lights on
+the boat, was completely hidden.
+
+The Captain bawled forth orders to the crew and instantly the uniformed
+men were running back and forth to carry out the instructions. Before all
+impetus to the yacht was closed down, however, the engines had driven her
+into the route generally used by the pilots of the boats running to
+Staten Island.
+
+Captain Johnson anxiously studied his chart but could not gauge his
+position exactly, because of the dense fog and the lack of signals. In a
+few minutes more, every fog-horn in the Bay and all the great reflectors
+from guiding lights from bell-buoys would be in full operation. But at
+the time, there was nothing to tell him that he was in a dangerous zone.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+THE ACCIDENT
+
+
+When the party reached the yacht, Mr. Dalken said that chairs had been
+placed on the forward deck where they could sit and watch the scenes at
+night, as they sailed up to the City. So all but Tom and Polly went
+forward and found comfortable seats. Tom had asked Polly to stroll about
+with him, and she, feeling guilty of neglecting such an old friend when
+on the steamer, consented.
+
+Thus it happened that Tom led her to the side of the craft where they had
+climbed the ladder to the deck, as this side was in shadow and farthest
+from the group of friends who were seated on the forward deck.
+
+But they had not promenaded up and down many times, before the Captain
+gave anxious commands to his crew. Every man jumped to obey, instantly,
+while Tom and Polly halted in their walk just at the gap in the rail,
+where the adjustable ladder had been lowered to the boat when the
+passengers arrived from the steamer. The steps had been hauled in but the
+sailor had forgotten to replace the sliding rail. In the dense fog this
+neglect had been overlooked.
+
+Immediately following the Captain's shouts, a great hulk loomed up right
+beside the yacht, and a fearful blow to the rear end of the pleasure
+craft sent her flying diagonally out of her path, across the water. The
+collision made her nose dip down dangerously while the stern rose up
+clear of the waves.
+
+The group seated forwards slid together, and some were thrown from their
+chairs, but managed to catch hold of the ropes and rail to prevent being
+thrown overboard.
+
+Polly and Tom, standing, unaware, so near the open gap in the rail, still
+arm in arm as they had been walking, were thrown violently side-ways and
+there being nothing at hand to hold to, or to prevent their going over
+the side, they fell into the dark sea.
+
+Feeling as if the earth had dropped from under her, Polly screamed in
+terror before her voice was choked with water. Tom instinctively held on
+to her arm, as he had been doing when the impact of a larger vessel came
+upon the yacht, and he maintained this grip as they both sank.
+
+Polly had always dreaded water, because it seemed so unfamiliar to her.
+After living in the mountains with only narrow roaring streams, or the
+glacial lakes found in the Rockies, she had never tried to swim in the
+ocean, but preferred swimming in a pool. Consequently, this sudden dive
+into the awesome black abyss so frightened her, that she fainted before
+she could fight or struggle.
+
+But Tom Latimer was an expert swimmer, having won several medals while at
+College for his continued swimming under water. At one time during his
+first college days, he had saved the lives of some young folks when their
+canoe capsized a long distance from shore. In this supreme test of
+ability and presence of mind, with the girl he loved in his arms to save,
+Tom was as self-possessed as if on deck with Polly.
+
+In less time than it takes to tell, both victims of the collision sank
+until the natural fight between the weight of the water and the force of
+the air in their lungs, sent them up again to the surface. In that short
+time, Tom used every muscle and physical power to swim far enough _under_
+the water to clear away from the boats which might do them more harm than
+the water.
+
+Fortunately he found the surface free when he rose for breath, and
+finding no resistance from the unconscious form he held, he managed to
+change his grip from her arm to a firm hold under the shoulders. In this
+position he could manage to keep Polly's head above water, and at the
+same time, could swim backwards, by using his feet as propellers.
+
+The only handicap he now had, was his clothing and shoes; these
+interfered with his free action in swimming so he managed to kick off his
+dancing pumps. The greatest danger he feared, was the sudden coming of
+some craft that would compel him to dive again, or might even run them
+down, unseen in the dark.
+
+But the very fog that had caused this accident, also befriended them now,
+as no wary seaman would recklessly go on his way in such a bewildering
+mist, and the majority preferred waiting for a temporary lifting of the
+blanket, before continuing their journeys.
+
+Tom felt no concern over the fact that Polly had fainted or had been in
+the water for a time, for he knew she was so healthy that no ill would
+occur to her from such causes. All he feared now, was his power of
+endurance to keep floating until some craft might pick them up, or he
+could reach a temporary rest.
+
+Suddenly he felt a sweeping current whirl him about and in another
+moment, he was swimming rapidly _with_ instead of _against_ the tide in
+the Bay. He realized that in that short time the tide had turned, either
+about some point of land, or in the River. He began to tread water while
+he tried to lift his head and gaze across the waves. Then a broad shaft
+of dazzling light shot across the Bay from a nearby reflector. At the
+same time Tom heard the tolling of a bell-buoy, not very far distant.
+
+He changed his course that the outgoing tide would assist him in reaching
+this light that might be coming from a ship, or maybe, from an island in
+the Bay. As his powerful strokes carried him along, the sound of the
+bell-buoy seemed to come so plainly that he felt sure it was not far
+away. If he could but hang on to it for a time, in order to gain second
+wind!
+
+Suddenly there was a momentary lift of the heavy fog, and he discovered
+he was quite near Bedloe's Island. The powerful search light had
+reflected from the arc held aloft in the hand of the Goddess of Liberty;
+and the light that danced upon the waves all about him came from the
+smaller arcs which were placed along the sea-wall of the Island.
+
+The current now carried him helplessly past the pier where the boats from
+the Battery land, but just as he tried to lift his head once more and
+yell for help, a motor boat was heard chugging through the fog. His cry
+was heard by those in the boat, and in a few moments the flash-light in
+its prow was blinding Tom because of its proximity.
+
+A chorus of amazed voices now mingled with the noise of the water dashing
+against the wall and the ringing of the buoy, and Tom began to feel faint
+and dazed. But almost before he knew what was happening, a powerful grip
+caught him on his thick hair, and he was dragged partly out of the water.
+
+A commanding voice shouted: "Help grab the girl--we'll take care of the
+man!"
+
+Then Tom heard no more, nor indeed, knew more until he indistinctly heard
+a far-off call of "Guard! Guard!" Then he opened his eyes to find he was
+on the solid earth, once more. Polly was stretched out on the sand. The
+Guards tumbled out of the barracks and rushed for the spot where the
+officer stood calling.
+
+While a few of the boys lifted and half carried Tom to the general
+assembly room, others ran to assist the boatman with the girl. She was
+carefully conveyed to the barracks and the doctor sent for. Meantime the
+men applied the Schaefer Method to both the strangers; Tom instantly
+recovered himself fully but Polly's faint lasted longer.
+
+When the doctor hurried in, his kindly wife followed. Tom was able to sit
+up and tell the story of how the accident happened; then he begged
+someone to notify the Wharf Police to keep a lookout in the Harbor as
+there might be a yacht in distress after that collision. Also, if inquiry
+was made at Police Headquarters, the news was to be given that both Polly
+and he were safe on Liberty Island.
+
+A Corporal of the Guard was sent to attend to these messages, and Tom was
+taken to a cot in the ward of the Barracks. His wet clothing was removed
+and he was rolled in a hot blanket and given hot lemonade. In a few
+moments he was sound asleep.
+
+Polly was taken to the doctor's cottage where his wife attended the
+patient as well as any trained nurse could have done. The girl also was
+rolled in warm blankets with hot-water bottles placed about her cold
+body. Slowly she began to show more animation, and when she could speak,
+she asked if Tom was saved.
+
+[Illustration: TOM AND POLLY ARE RESCUED.
+Polly's Business Venture. Page 39]
+
+"Yes, dear; you both are safe now," replied Mrs. Hall.
+
+"And can we get word----" began she.
+
+"We have taken care of that, too, dear. Now try to drink this nice hot
+lemonade and then go to sleep."
+
+Polly obediently drank the hot drink and sighed in relief. Then she sank
+back and, almost instantly, Nature claimed her rights to make up for the
+unwonted interference with her customary routine.
+
+Mrs. Hall sat beside the cot for some time after Polly was asleep, but
+she finally succumbed to weariness, and finding her patient fully
+recovered and warm, she threw herself upon a nearby cot.
+
+Both young people slept late in the morning, and when Tom finally opened
+his eyes, feeling a bit stiff in his joints, he had to collect his
+thoughts to remember where he was. Like a flash, everything came back,
+and he jumped up to dress and find out how Polly was.
+
+His suit had been dried and pressed and hung over a chair beside the cot.
+His dress-coat seemed ridiculously out of order after that swim and, now,
+for the morning's work. But he smiled as he donned the clothes, and
+started for the door of the long room.
+
+Just as Tom reached the door one of the men entered and greeted him
+warmly. "I see you're all right again!"
+
+"Yes, thank you. I hope the little girl is feeling as well," ventured
+Tom, anxiously.
+
+"Doctor Hall just left her and says she is right as a fiddle. I'm the
+young fellow that telephoned the Police for you. I got back word, early
+this morning, that your folks finally got home, without any harm to
+anyone. And say! Maybe there wasn't some joy when they heard you two were
+safe with us!"
+
+Tom felt a strange gripping at his throat, and his voice quavered as he
+replied: "I _know_ there was!"
+
+The young man glanced at the evening dress and then said, "I'm going to
+loan you one of my long coats to cover those togs."
+
+Tom responded gratefully, and said: "If I can only do as much for you
+boys some time!"
+
+"Say," laughed the soldier, "don't wish such an experience on any of us!"
+
+Then both laughed. As they reached the house where Polly had spent the
+night, the doctor opened the door and smiled. When he saw that Tom was
+feeling as good as ever, he said: "I just hung up the 'phone. A gentleman
+called 'Dalken' told me that they were all coming over to take you away.
+But I warned him that the entire party would be arrested if they landed
+on Government Ground without a permit.
+
+"Then I remembered that he might secure a permit, so I said: 'Anyway,
+before you people can get here, my patients will be on their way to the
+Battery.' I said that, because the young lady ought to be kept perfectly
+quiet all morning, after such a fearful experience, you know."
+
+"Yes, I know," admitted Tom. "And I am glad you said what you did."
+
+"Now we had her dress dried and pressed, and the little miss will be up
+and ready to thank you for your courageous deed, in an hour or so,"
+explained the doctor, significantly.
+
+"Thank you, ever so much!" said Tom, grasping his hand.
+
+"Let Ted, here, show you about the place and entertain you until it's
+time to call again," suggested the doctor.
+
+So Tom went away with his companion, not to explore the Island, but to go
+to the telephone and have a long talk with his friends in the city, who
+were anxious to hear about the accident.
+
+Just before noon, an orderly came to Tom to say that Mrs. Hall said, "Mr.
+Latimer could call, if he liked." Tom laughed at the message--"if he
+liked."
+
+As he entered the little sitting-room of the doctor's house, Tom tiptoed
+as if he felt he had to tread softly. But Polly sat in an arm-chair by
+the window and saw him coming. She jumped up and ran to the door to greet
+him, and Mrs. Hall went out of the room by the kitchen-door.
+
+Tom was unable to speak a word when he finally came into Polly's
+presence. She caught hold of his hands and shook them gladly, as she
+cried: "Oh, Tom! What do I not owe you after last night!"
+
+Tom wanted to demand payment, but he knew that would ruin his chances
+forever, so he held a tight leash on his feelings and smiled wanly. Then
+he said in an unnatural tone: "Lucky for us both that I knew how to swim,
+eh, Polly?"
+
+Polly was relieved to hear him speak in such a way, but her next act was
+the outgrowth of spontaneous gratitude. She flung both arms about his
+neck and being too short to reach his cheek, kissed him on the chin as
+she would have done had he been John. Tom trembled, but realized at the
+same time, that Polly's kiss meant nothing. Still he was humbly grateful
+for even that token of gratitude from the reserved girl.
+
+"Now tell me, Tom dear, what did the folks say about our sudden
+elopement?" Polly laughed as she used the term.
+
+"Oh, Polly! I'd swim from here to China for you if only it could be an
+elopement!"
+
+The girl instantly took alarm, and looked about for Mrs. Hall. But Tom
+forced a laugh and tried to make her believe he was joking. "Do you think
+that any man would do _that_ for a girl?" he added.
+
+Then he hurried on to say that no one on the yacht had been injured by
+the collision, but they were hours in reaching their dock. He said that
+they (Polly and Tom) were not missed at first, and not until conditions
+had calmed down somewhat, did Eleanor call for Polly. Then it was found
+that neither Tom nor Polly were to be found.
+
+"It was Eleanor who remembered seeing us promenade along the side where
+the rail was detachable, and it was Eleanor who said we must have been
+thrown out where the steps came up. So the captain was taken to task for
+having such a careless man on board, and both the man and the captain
+were discharged."
+
+"Poor man--it wasn't his fault!" sighed Polly.
+
+"Well, if you hadn't recovered, I'd have sent him to jail for life,
+because it was criminal negligence to leave that rail open as it was!"
+was Tom's threatening reply.
+
+"I'm glad there is no cause for such harsh treatment," responded Polly.
+
+Tom gazed, with his soul in his eyes, as he breathed fervently: "You're
+not half as glad as I am, darling!"
+
+Polly sprang away at that, and ran to the window, saying: "Don't you
+think we might start for the City? Mrs. Hall went to fetch a hat and wrap
+for me and she ought to be back by this time."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+A REUNION AND A VISITOR
+
+
+Never was maiden welcomed so enthusiastically and so fervently, as Polly
+Brewster, that morning when she stepped from the launch to the sea-wall
+at Battery Park. Her father and mother vied with each other in embracing
+and kissing her, while the tears of happiness streamed from their eyes;
+John and Anne hovered beside them, watching every dear feature of Polly's
+face. Eleanor stood holding fast to her best friend's skirt, as if that
+could keep her forever near her.
+
+The members in the "Delegation of Welcome," acted as if they had been
+imbibing some intoxicating stimulant. Such happy laughter, and vehement
+demonstrations of joy and love because Polly was with them again, spoke
+louder than words that they had all thought she was drowned. Tom found
+that little fuss was made over him in the first exuberant greetings, but
+he came in for his share after the doctor had concluded his story about
+the valiant young rescuer.
+
+"Now, Mr. Brewster, you pay attention to me," remarked the physician,
+when he was ready to depart on the launch: "You take your daughter home,
+at once, and put her to bed for the rest of the day, to spare her any
+nervous reaction. Then, if she is all right tomorrow, you may allow her
+to receive a caller, or two--no more for the time being, or you will have
+her break down."
+
+Mr. Brewster promised to obey the orders faithfully, and soon afterwards,
+Polly's friends followed her and her parents to the automobiles which
+were waiting near the curb of the Park. Tom was surrounded, on both sides
+and fore and aft, by his family and John and Mr. Dalken, all of whom
+wished to hear the thrilling story of the rescue again.
+
+"I'd rather hear how you folks kept afloat after that boat rammed the
+yacht," said he, shunning a subject that still made him shudder.
+
+Mr. Dalken insisted that Tom with his father and mother get into his
+luxurious limousine and let him drive them home. On the way uptown, Mr.
+Dalken told the story of their narrow escape from being lost in the Bay
+after the collision.
+
+"Immediately after the yacht was rammed and we could collect our senses
+to comprehend what had happened, and what to do, the old tub of a
+ferry-boat kept on her course. But there were some worried citizens on
+board, for they shouted and, finally, the captain stopped his engines and
+blew the whistles to see if we needed help.
+
+"Fortunately for us, a river tug was quite close at hand when the
+accident occurred, and its captain called through a megaphone to say that
+he would assist us in any way we commanded.
+
+"Our Captain then ascertained that part of our gear had been shaken out
+of place, and it would be dangerous for him to try to run the vessel
+under her own power, and trust our steering gear. So the good old man on
+the tug took us in tow and landed us, towards dawn, at our dock.
+
+"The moment we were on land, I rushed to the telephone at the Yacht Club
+house, and notified Police Headquarters. Ken Evans was an eye-witness to
+the dive that we feared had cost Polly and you your lives; so we told the
+Sergeant at the Station just about where you went down.
+
+"The Bureau at Battery Park was 'phoned but they said the tide was
+running out at that time, so you both would be carried past Bedloe's
+Island; if you both were good swimmers there was a slight hope of your
+being rescued.
+
+"I tell you, Tom, we were almost frantic with joy and relief when word
+came from Liberty Island that you both were safe in bed, there, without
+injury or other hurt, excepting the shock. Polly's mother swooned and we
+thought she was gone because it was so long before we could revive her."
+
+Tom's mother sat holding her boy's hand within her own, and his father
+smiled at him so often that Tom began to feel fussed. But Mr. Dalken
+laughed at his apparent self-consciousness.
+
+"Tom, my boy, grin and bear this ordeal for the time, as you may never in
+your life, have another experience like it. It shows you what we all
+think of you, to sit and idolize you in this fashion."
+
+They laughed at the banter, but Tom felt more at ease after Mr. Dalken's
+little speech.
+
+Having arrived at his home, Tom rebelled against being kept quiet that
+day. "Goodness' sakes, mother! any one would think I was an invalid. Why,
+I feel better than I have in months!" and his happy gayety attested to
+his spirits. But no one knew that he was joyous because Polly had kissed
+him that morning. And he was sure that that _something_ he had detected
+in her eyes, was the awakening of love, instead of the fervent gratitude
+it really was.
+
+Tom could not settle down to do anything that day, but he called John up
+on the 'phone several times to ask about Polly. John patiently replied
+each time, that Polly was fast asleep and would probably remain so, for
+several hours more, because she required it. When Tom asked if he had
+better come down that evening and call, John was most emphatic in his
+refusal.
+
+But the following day, Tom kept telephoning the Brewsters every little
+while and Anne finally capitulated and invited him to call that evening.
+
+Polly was fully recovered again, with no signs of the shock or soaking
+she had received; so, when Tom was announced by the telephone girl in the
+hotel office, she felt no undue nervousness.
+
+"Anne, you are going to help entertain Tom, aren't you?" said she,
+casually patting her hair down neatly.
+
+Anne looked at her sister-in-law with an amused smile. "If you think you
+will need a chaperone when such an old friend calls. Tom always seems
+more like a brother than a young man who might turn out to be a beau,
+some day."
+
+Polly pondered this sentence for a time, then said: "Well, there's no
+telling what he may think after that ducking, you know, so it will be
+more comfortable to have you about."
+
+Tom fully expected a warm welcome from Polly, and perhaps, another flash
+of something akin to love that he thought he had detected in her deep
+blue eyes, when he met her in the hospital. So he was more than chagrined
+to find Polly smile friendily upon him as she took his hand in the same
+manner that she would have taken Mr. Dalken's.
+
+"I just thought I would bring in a little glow with me, Polly," remarked
+Tom, when he recovered self-possession again. "A few roses, such as I
+know you like."
+
+He handed a long box to Polly and watched eagerly as she cut the string
+and opened the lid of the box.
+
+"Oh, Tom! American Beauties again! How lovely!" and she buried her face
+in the fragrant red petals that filled the one end of the box.
+
+Anne held out her hand for the box when Polly went to place it on a
+chair. "I'll hand them to mother, Polly, for her to arrange in a jar. The
+others that came yesterday, can be placed in another glass."
+
+"Oh, did Polly receive other roses?" asked Tom, trying to appear
+unconcerned, but flushing as he spoke.
+
+"Why, didn't you send them to me? There was no card in the box, but you
+always send American Beauties, Tom," exclaimed Polly, in surprise.
+
+Tom laughed sheepishly. "Well, I did send them, Polly, but I thought I
+would make you guess who it could have been. I never dreamed you would
+give me credit for the roses."
+
+"Why shouldn't I? It would have seemed queer if you hadn't sent flowers,
+when everyone within a thousand miles, sent boxes and bouquets to me, all
+yesterday and all day today."
+
+"They did! What for?" asked Tom, wonderingly.
+
+"What for? Why, goodness me! Don't you suppose my friends were _glad_
+that I wasn't drowned," retorted Polly, in amazement. "Everyone that ever
+knew me, sent love and flowers, so I never thought it strange that you
+sent me some, too."
+
+This was a hard slap for Tom, and he winced under the words which denoted
+that Polly considered him only as one of many friends. Even the roses
+presented that night, with a little heart-shaped card tied in the center
+of the group of stems, now seemed useless in his eyes.
+
+But Polly had not removed the roses from the box so she failed to find
+the heart-shaped card that Tom had spent the whole afternoon in inditing.
+Anne gave the box to Mrs. Brewster, and when that sensible mother took
+the roses out, one by one, and found the card, she put it away with the
+cards that had come with other flowers. She also forgot to mention the
+card to Polly, so the girl never knew that Tom had written her of his
+undying love. As Anne replied, for Polly, to all the cards, Tom received
+the same sort of polite little note as others did, with Polly's name and
+a "per A.B." signed to it.
+
+Finding Polly so self-possessed that evening, Tom pulled himself together
+with an effort, and tried to converse on various topics of general
+interest. Anne eagerly assisted in the conversation, so Polly listened
+without having much to say.
+
+Tom tried to make Polly talk, too, but without success, so he became
+silent and left most of the entertaining for Anne to do. But even she
+found the task of finding subjects to interest two dumb people rather
+irksome, and she decided on a _coup_.
+
+"Excuse me for a moment, please, while I see if John has returned with
+his father." So saying, Anne ran from the room.
+
+Polly sat up and watched her go as if her protector had turned traitor.
+She glanced at Tom in a half doubtful manner as if to ask what he would
+do now with the chaperone out of the way?
+
+But Anne's absence gave Tom's morbid senses an inspiration that he acted
+upon without second thought. It was the best thing he could have done
+with Polly in this baffling mood.
+
+"I'm returning to Pebbly Pit, in a few days, Polly. I am actually
+homesick for a sight of the dear old mountains."
+
+Polly gasped. "Oh, no one told me you were leaving us. Jim told me that
+he thought you might remain here for several months."
+
+"Jim? What does that kid know about my affairs?" said Tom, impatiently.
+"Besides, when did you see Jim?"
+
+"Oh, Jim just dropped in for a minute this afternoon."
+
+Tom felt the pangs of jealousy because his younger brother had been able
+to see Polly before she would allow him to call. Then he remembered his
+rôle to act the part of a platonic brother and friend.
+
+Polly continued: "I think Jim is a dear boy. He is so fond and proud of
+you, too. Why, when he was here he sat and talked of nothing else but you
+and your loyalty to family, friends, and your work."
+
+As Polly spoke, Tom felt ashamed of his momentary jealousy of his
+brother. When she had finished speaking, he laughed and said: "What a
+pity Jim sees me through such fine magnifying glasses. The undesirable
+qualities in my character he never detects."
+
+"I think it is great to have your family think you are all that is
+wonderful! I think my family regard me as a saint, and I like it, too,"
+declared Polly.
+
+"That's because you are one, Polly dear," retorted Tom, and the fervor he
+expressed in his eyes and voice, caused his companion to gasp.
+
+Before Tom could follow up his sudden declaration and make Polly
+understand his sentiments for her, she broached another subject of
+conversation.
+
+"Tom, what has been accomplished at the mine and at Rainbow Cliffs while
+I was in Europe?"
+
+Tom frowned, but he realized that Polly was more sensible than he. He
+remembered, once more, what Anne had advised, so he choked the despondent
+sigh and replied instead, with seeming interest:
+
+"Oh, John and I had another queer bout with some thieves. They were not
+after the land this time, but they planned to get at the ore and carry
+off as much of the gold as they could lay hands on. Our old friend,
+Rattlesnake Mike, caught them red-handed, and now they are serving a term
+in prison at hard labor."
+
+"Oh, Tom! I never heard a word of this!" cried Polly, eagerly. "Do tell
+me about it."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+THE RAID ON CHOKO'S FIND MINE
+
+
+"You remember when we all came East last June to attend John's wedding
+and see you off for Europe?" asked Tom.
+
+Polly nodded eagerly but said nothing to interrupt him.
+
+"Well, we remained longer than we had planned when we left Pebbly Pit.
+The friends in New York were so eager to entertain us before we went back
+home, that the days passed swiftly before we realized we had stayed on
+ten days longer than we should have done at that time.
+
+"Now to go back to the time when those two rascals tried to jump your
+claim, the time your father and Mike guided the party when you-all
+climbed the Indian Trail to Grizzly Slide.
+
+"It seems that crafty clerk who had copied the rough map of the claim you
+staked on Flat Top and filed in Oak Creek, never gave up hope of some day
+getting his hands on enough of that gold to help him get away and live
+comfortably, ever after, on the proceeds.
+
+"When he learned that everyone of the family at Pebbly Pit, would be East
+for a few weeks, and the mine would be left in charge of Mike and the
+other employees, he immediately called a few cut-throats together and
+laid his plans accordingly.
+
+"After the discovery of his perfidy in copying the claim papers and then
+trying to jump the staked claim, he had been discharged from the office
+in Oak Creek and, thereafter, no one respectable would employ him. So he
+hung about the saloon and spent his time in gambling with the miners from
+Up-Crest, back of Oak Creek station. He found willing confederates in
+this group of Slavs who hailed the invitation to steal enough gold to
+enable them to go back to Europe and pose as rich men.
+
+"The whole plot had been kept unusually secret for that species of
+foreigner, so no one at Oak Creek knew of the proposed raid. But Mike
+rode into Oak Creek the morning before the night these rascals planned to
+act, and with his unusual gift of intuition, he felt that something was
+working quietly in the minds of the evil-looking men he found whispering
+over a small table in one corner of the saloon.
+
+"Mike hung around for several hours to try and learn if any plot was
+hatching against Rainbow Cliffs while the owners were absent; or perhaps
+these men planned a rush on the mine while he and but few men were on
+guard. But nothing could be discovered. Feeling assured because of the
+sly and malicious expressions of the men at the table when they glanced
+at Mike, as he sat in another corner and pretended to doze, that Hank had
+some move under way to trouble him and his assistants, made the Indian
+use splendid judgment and action that day.
+
+"He borrowed the Sheriff's thoroughbred bloodhound, and asked for a few
+extra men to accompany him to the cave and stay there until the owners
+returned, promising them better wages than they could earn at any work in
+Oak Creek, or on the ranches nearby. To allay suspicion he rode out of
+town, alone, but he had agreed to wait at Pine Tree Blaze for the extra
+men.
+
+"The men rode away from town each at a different time, to avoid talk or
+notice by the loungers at the saloon, and all met at the rendezvous that
+afternoon. Mike then led the way up the steep trail, and by dark they
+were in camp.
+
+"This was the second day after we left Pebbly Pit. Mike had warned Jeb of
+his suspicions, too, and that wary little man had instantly taken steps
+to protect the Cliffs, by ordering all hands working there to keep away
+from Oak Creek until the Boss got home. He said that unusual care must be
+used for a time, to watch during the nights, and keep trespassers out
+during the day, for fear of raiders.
+
+"The first night in camp on the mountains, Mike never rested a minute,
+but moved silently from one place to another, with senses keyed for some
+sign of the rascals. However, that first night passed quietly away. His
+extra men spent the evening in smoking and playing cards, then they
+rolled up in their blankets and snored peacefully the night through.
+
+"The next day Mike smiled to himself when the men laughed at his
+suspicions. They were so far from any settlement and the mountains were
+so great and silent, that it gave them confidence in the peace and good
+will with all men.
+
+"The second night the men were again playing cards near the camp-fire.
+Mike sat on the ledge in front of the cave with the hound stretched out
+on a slab of rock at his feet. The giant wooden flume could be faintly
+discerned, through the smoke of the fire and from the pipes of the men,
+not twenty feet away from the engines that worked it.
+
+"Suddenly the hound lifted his head and pointed his ears. Mike leaned
+forward with face turned towards the flume, listening. Then he laid his
+pipe down on the rock and crawled away upon his hands and knees, followed
+closely by the hound.
+
+"Do you remember the giant flume we planned to carry off the water of the
+river that flowed underground; the one into which Nolla and you dropped
+the torch the day you found the cave?"
+
+Polly silently signified that she remembered, and Tom continued: "Well,
+we used that flume during the work of mining and washing trash from the
+ore, but at night, when there was no need for the water to pour through
+it, we turned the current down the other way on the opposite side of the
+mountain.
+
+"Mike crept silently across the ledge and peered far down into the black
+chasm below, to ascertain if the suspicious sounds came from that pit.
+But the dog crawled noiselessly across the ledge to the flume and there
+he stood with tense nerves. His ears were erect and his tail was standing
+out straight behind him, as he stood and glared at the wooden flume.
+
+"As the dog was so well-trained, Mike did not doubt his instinct, but
+crept over to his side and there waited and listened.
+
+"Had he not been absolutely quiet, the faint sound of something moving
+inside that flume would have been lost on the outside. But Mike was as
+keen a hunter as his dog, and they both sensed that something very
+foreign to water was passing through that flume.
+
+"Accompanying the strange muffled sound inside the flume every few
+moments, there came a different sound, as if something sharp was being
+driven into the wood for a hold. Mike figured out that the inside of the
+flume had been worn so slippery with the flood of waters and sand or
+pebbles passing through it in torrents, that it was necessary to use
+steel-pointed staffs and creepers to help anyone in the dangerous ascent.
+
+"As soon as Mike felt convinced that someone was trying a new trick to
+gain possession of the mine, he crept back to the camp-fire and told the
+men of the sounds inside the flume. They laughed immoderately at Mike,
+and declared that he was going mad because of his prohibition since his
+employers left him in charge.
+
+"But Mike ordered a few of his most trustworthy miners to guard the cave
+in front, while the others were sent over the top of the range to keep
+watch at the opposite entrance to the mine. You'll remember, Polly, that
+that was the side where the pit cut the cave in half. We bridged that
+chasm, you know, and used the short-cut entrance quite often, although
+the ore was brought out through Choko's Find.
+
+"Mike then selected several of his brawniest fighters and very quietly
+led the way to the opening of the flume where the water-gate was located.
+As they could travel faster on the ground than the men creeping up inside
+the slippery wooden tube, Mike and his companions reached the water-gate
+before they heard the suspicious sounds from within the flume.
+
+"He signalled his men to keep absolutely quiet, and then crept out on the
+lintel of the gate and got a firm purchase on the lever. No one dreamed
+of his purpose at the moment, and he suddenly seemed to reconsider his
+plan, for he crept back again and had just reached the trio of curious
+men, when a sigh of relief was distinctly heard from inside the flume.
+
+"Then a whispering was heard, but not understood. In a few moments a
+grating sound as if some sharp tool was being used. Mike surmised that
+they were trying to break a way through the wooden door by which to get
+out.
+
+"Without further delay, then, Mike threw open the lid in the top of the
+flume and commanded the trespassers to come forth.
+
+"There was no reply from within, and not a sound was heard after Mike
+opened the lid. So he called again: 'Ef yoh no come us wash riber fru dis
+pipe.'
+
+"Still no reply or sound was heard, so Mike winked at his companions, and
+gave a fictitious order: 'Frow water gate open!'
+
+"'Stop! Wait a minute!' shouted a frightened voice from the flume.
+
+"Another voice cursed in the most dreadful way, but soon after Mike's
+order to turn in the water, four men managed to emerge from the tube and
+sit astride it.
+
+"Seeing but four opponents there to fight, the leader of the gang gave a
+sign, and the daring raiders tried to over-power Mike and his three men.
+But they had not seen the wolf-hound in the shadows. As they dropped upon
+the men to fight them, the dog sprang out and drove his fangs deep into
+one rascal's throat. He will carry those marks to his last day. It was a
+wonder he was not killed outright.
+
+"That released Mike and he turned his attention to help his companions
+free themselves. The dog fought mightily, and after a short but fierce
+battle, the trespassers were bound and laid on the ground for the night.
+
+"'What'cha goin' to do wid'dem, Mike?' asked one of his men.
+
+"'Ship 'em down th' flume, Mike, th' way they come up,' laughed another
+of his men.
+
+"'So me say, but Mike go jail fer kill man,' replied the Indian.
+
+"The other men strongly approved of that course of justice, however, and
+Mike had all he could do to keep them from following their inclination to
+wash the guilty men down the flume and out into Bear Forks River at the
+foot of the mountain.
+
+"The next day Mike and his men drove the raiders down the steep trail and
+left them in the hands of the constable of Oak Creek, to await trial in
+the County Court. But the captured rascals had boon companions in Oak
+Creek, and when they learned that four of their group were in prison they
+started a regular riot.
+
+"They tarred and feathered poor little Jeb the next time he drove in to
+Oak Creek for mail and supplies, and a few days before we got back home,
+they made a well-planned raid on the lava mines at Rainbow Cliffs. Not a
+piece of machinery was left intact, and the great bags of jewels we had
+waiting for shipment were scattered far and wide by the vandals.
+
+"But the sheriff heard of the proposed visit to Pebbly Pit, and took a
+possé of men to follow the drunken miners to the Cliffs. Such a battle
+as ensued, beggars my weak description. The sheriff told us about it when
+we got home, but his language is not very graphic, nor is it thrilling,
+so we only heard the bare facts of the fight.
+
+"But, Polly, you must supply with your own vivid imagination, the details
+that may be missing from my account. When I tell you that the vandals
+were slowly backed away from the Cliffs and were, eventually, driven to
+the gully back of the Devil's Causeway where those two men were engulfed
+in the slide, the day they came to cajole your father into signing papers
+for the Cliffs, you can picture their horror when the edge of the great
+cliff began to crumble in. They could not turn to right or left, as they
+were hemmed in by the pursuers, and they dared not remain where they were
+for fear of being swallowed in the quicksand that was already sliding
+downwards. So they gave up to the sheriff and surrendered their guns.
+
+"That was a bad case, as one of the sheriff's men had been dangerously
+wounded and it was feared he would die. All our valuable machinery was
+ruined and all orders for the delivery of the lava jewels had to be
+cancelled, or postponed for a year. So the culprits each got twenty years
+and Oak Creek is quieter, by far, because more than a score of its worst
+citizens are safely housed in jail."
+
+As Tom ended his story, Polly unclasped her hands which she had nervously
+clenched during the recital of the raids on her precious property.
+
+"Oh, Tom! I never dreamed of all the trouble everyone would have because
+of those precious mines, the day Nolla and I filed our papers at Oak
+Creek," gasped Polly.
+
+"No one does dream of these things--they only see the future in rosy
+hues," retorted Tom.
+
+"And to think of the work and worry John and you have had in establishing
+this great undertaking, while I was in Europe taking life easy, and
+spending money without a thought of how it was being produced at home!"
+sighed Polly.
+
+"That is as it should be, Polly. You were not squandering the money, but
+using it in ways to profit yourself for the future. John and I knew, when
+we started in on this mining venture, that the line would not lay in
+flower-strewn paths, but that it might force us over all sorts of snags,
+before we reached success."
+
+"Well, it is fine of you to talk like this, Tom," admitted Polly,
+gratefully. "If it were not for you boys taking an interest in the work,
+I might as well say 'good-by' to the gold."
+
+Tom laughed. "Polly, this is so insignificant a work to do for you--just
+taking an interest in your mine. Some day I hope to prove in some greater
+way, just what I want to, and can, do for you."
+
+Tom's manner and looks again alarmed Polly and she changed the subject
+adroitly. "Tom, do you like the home in Pebbly Pit? Isn't it different
+from living in the city, in these apartments?"
+
+Tom smiled, for he understood. "Yes, it is fine, Polly. It is a real
+home--with your blessed mother at the ranch-house. I have lived in adobe
+huts in Arizona, and out on sand wastes in New Mexico, you know, so that
+Pebbly Pit is great, in comparison."
+
+"Mother told me how good it was to have Anne and you with her all summer,
+while I was abroad," said Polly, after a short interval of silence. "I
+feel that it was not so heartless of me to enjoy myself in Europe as I
+did, so long as mother and father were not lonely and homesick for me."
+
+"But your mother often said to me, that were it not for Anne's being with
+her, she would have cabled you to come home. She had looked forward so
+anxiously to your spending this vacation at Pebbly Pit," remarked Tom.
+
+"My! Then I was more fortunate than I dreamed of," laughed Polly. "I
+should have hated to leave Eleanor in Europe, with such a wonderful tour
+before us, and come back home without having done the whole trip."
+
+Tom had no desire to hear more about that enjoyable tour and the probable
+acquaintance the girls had made with eligible young men with fascinating
+titles. So he spoke of his imminent departure for the West.
+
+"I had a talk with Dad and Mr. Dalken today, and they think it best for
+me to get back at the mines without further delay. The mountain storms
+will soon be sweeping over the peaks, and winter protection must be
+completed at the Cave and Flume before then; so I think I shall be
+leaving in a day, or so."
+
+Polly murmured some friendly regret at his going so soon.
+
+"But the need of my being at the mines to prepare for winter is not the
+main cause of my leaving New York, so soon," began Tom, moodily. "I came
+East with a definite hope in mind, but so many unforeseen events have
+happened since I met you, that I haven't furthered my interests since I
+left Pebbly Pit." Tom waited for encouragement from Polly.
+
+Polly did not pursue the subject, however, but she said: "Well, this
+winter, I have planned to actually _work_!"
+
+"I thought you said you have been working ever since you came to New
+York," laughed Tom.
+
+"Yes, at school and in other ways; but now, I propose going to work in
+Mr. Ashby's shop. You know, he has a wonderful place on Fifth Avenue
+where they have every kind of article one needs in the way of ornament or
+decorating. There is where Eleanor and I managed to get such splendid
+experience in textiles and other objects familiar to interior decorators.
+
+"Now I propose going to work for him at a stated salary, and giving every
+morning to the work, this year. In the afternoons I will be free to visit
+Exhibitions, Museums, hunt up antiques, or just play. Four evenings every
+week we will attend school and lectures, you know, so there will not be
+very much time left in which to write letters."
+
+"You never did work hard at writing letters," said Tom, smilingly.
+
+"No, and this winter there will be even less time for them. My friends will
+have to be satisfied with picture post-cards or telegrams," laughed Polly,
+hoping that would answer all expected requests for a correspondence.
+
+"Well," said Tom, "I only write to people I really want to hear from. And
+I never ask anyone to write to me unless I take a great deal of pleasure
+in reading their letters. I never asked you to correspond with me, have
+I?"
+
+"No-o, I think not," replied Polly, disconcerted at this announcement.
+She had felt sure he was going to beg her to write as often as possible,
+and now this was so different!
+
+"I thought not! You see our likes and pursuits are so different. The very
+difference in our ways of living now--you with luxurious art in New York,
+me in the rugged life of a miner in the Rockies, creates a gulf between
+our ideals. Mine is getting at gold that is the basis of most worldly
+success, and yours is an ideal and aspiration in art that transcends my
+common work and business. So we would not know what to say to each other
+in letters, would we? You would not wish to speak of gold and mining, and
+I haven't any idea of art or its ideals."
+
+What it must have cost Tom to say all this, no one knows, but he was
+piqued, at last, and so acted his part admirably; and he had the
+satisfaction of seeing that Polly felt sorry at his words.
+
+"Tom, I always felt sure you were an idealist at soul. It makes me feel a
+deep regret to learn that you have no such ideals left."
+
+Tom bid Polly good-by without an outward sign of regret, and so she sat
+and pondered over that unusual fact, long after he had gone.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+POLLY AND ELEANOR BEGIN COLLECTING
+
+
+Within a week after the westerners had gone back home, matters with Polly
+and her friends in New York settled down in a smooth current. The Fabians
+found a commodious house in a refined environment quite near the Ashby's
+home, and the two girls, Polly and Eleanor, lived with them.
+
+Mr. Fabian temporarily resumed his lectureship at the Art School of
+Cooper Union, and his two promising pupils, with Dodo Alexander as a new
+beginner, accompanied him every night that the classes met.
+
+The Alexanders had leased an expensive suite at an apartment hotel near
+the Fabians, and much to little Mr. Alexander's joy, although much to
+Mrs. Alexander's disgust, they settled down to a hum-drum life that
+winter. She sighed as she referred to her life.
+
+"Dear sakes! Here I am with all this money to spend on a fine time, and I
+have to waste my days sitting around hearing Dodo rave about Corunthian
+Columns, Ionack Piers, and such foolish stuff. As for Ebeneezer! He is
+just impossible to get along with, since he found what quiet friends he
+had in the Fabians and the Ashbys!"
+
+The result of such complaints from Mrs. Alexander were soon evidenced by
+her spending her evenings at theatres, dances at various clubs and places
+she had forced an entrance to, and in daily shopping trips about the
+city.
+
+The motley collection of antiques the girls had secured while abroad and
+had shipped home, arrived in due season and the cases were sent to Mr.
+Ashby's Shop. The girls were told that the goods had been delivered, and
+the next day they hastened to the establishment to admire their
+purchases.
+
+The articles were arranged in one small room, and when the three girls
+followed Mr. Ashby to the place, they were amazed at the insignificance
+of their exhibition.
+
+"Why! I thought I had a lot of stuff," declared Eleanor.
+
+"You see all that you bought. There is your list," laughed Mr. Ashby,
+sympathizing in her disillusionment.
+
+"And I thought that chest so much more elaborate--when I chose it in
+France," ventured Polly, puckering her forehead.
+
+"I'll tell you why," said Mr. Ashby. "When we see these pieces on the
+other side, the glamour of the places and the stories connected with
+them, actually charm us more than the objects themselves. After we secure
+our desires and find we own them, we ship them home and do not see them
+again until they reach prosaic and business-like New York.
+
+"Meantime, we enhance the beauty and romance of the objects we purchased,
+by thinking of them in connection with the romance of their past; thus
+idealizing them in mental pictures, they appear far finer and more
+alluring than in truth they are.
+
+"When we really view them again, just as you are now doing, the shock of
+finding them just simple antiques, and so inferior to what we dreamed
+them, reverses our sentiments about them.
+
+"Now beware, girls! Don't let this reversal affect you, in the least.
+These objects are just as valuable and desirable, here, as ever they were
+over there. It is only your personal view-point that has changed,
+somewhat. You have not been visiting old collections, or museums abroad,
+for some weeks now; and the radical change from touring ancient Europe,
+to rushing about in New York in quests of homes, school, and clothes for
+the season, has made a corresponding change in your minds.
+
+"In a short time, you will be back in harness and feel the same keen
+delight in these old possessions as aforetime."
+
+Polly appreciated the sense of Mr. Ashby's little lecture, but Eleanor
+still felt disappointed with her purchases. And Dodo laughed outright at
+the old pewter she had gone wild over in England, and now scorned in
+America.
+
+That evening Mr. Fabian explained, carefully, about the times and customs
+of the purchases that represented certain people. He wove a tale of
+romance about each piece of furniture the girls had delighted in, and
+enhanced their interest in the dishes and other small objects they had
+collected that summer, until the three disappointed owners felt a renewed
+attraction in the articles.
+
+Mr. Ashby was present, but he said nothing until Mr. Fabian had ended.
+Then he added in a suggestive manner: "Fabian, what do you say to the
+girls taking short trips to the country, each week, to hunt up such
+antiques as can be found in out-of-the-way nooks all through New
+England?"
+
+The girls perked up their ears at this, and waited to hear Mr. Fabian's
+reply.
+
+"If they had a car and someone to accompany them on such excursions, I
+think they would thoroughly enjoy it."
+
+"Dalken has three cars--two limousines, you know; and he told me that he
+wished he could prevail upon the girls to make use of one, instead of his
+leaving it in a garage to eat up its value in rent. I thought of this way
+to give the girls many interesting quests, and make use of the car at the
+same time, so I mentioned it to him. He was delighted and wants the girls
+to try the plan," explained Mr. Ashby.
+
+"And I will offer myself as chaperone," hastily added Mrs. Fabian.
+
+"If I could only be included in these outings I should love it," laughed
+Nancy Fabian.
+
+"You are! Any one who belongs to us, must consider themselves as
+invited," said Polly, laughingly.
+
+So an outing for Saturday was planned, that night, and Mrs. Fabian and
+Nancy were to manage the details for the girls.
+
+"We will choose a likely country-side for our first trial," remarked Mrs.
+Fabian, looking at her husband for advice.
+
+"That's hard sense," laughed he. "But where is such a spot?"
+
+"Somewhere in New England," ventured Nancy.
+
+"That's as ambiguous as 'Somewhere in France,'" retorted Polly.
+
+"Not when you consider that New England begins just the other side of the
+city-line of Portchester," said Mr. Fabian.
+
+"But there are no antiques to be found in Rye, Portchester or Greenwich,
+in these days of amateur collectors hunting over those sections,"
+remarked Mrs. Fabian.
+
+"You are not limited to those nearby towns; but you can travel fifty
+miles in the inland sections in a short time, and stop at simple little
+farm-houses to inquire, as we did this summer while touring England. I
+wager you'll come home with enough trophies of war to start you off
+again, in a day or two," explained Mr. Fabian.
+
+On Saturday morning, Mrs. Fabian packed an auto-kit with delectable
+sandwiches, cakes and other dainties, and the party of amateur collectors
+started out on their quest. The chauffeur smiled at their eagerness to
+arrive at some place on the Boston Post Road that might suggest that it
+led to their Mecca. He kept on, however, until after passing through
+Stamford, then he turned to the left and followed a road that seemed to
+leave all suburban life behind, in a very short time.
+
+"Where are you taking us, Carl?" asked Polly, curiously.
+
+"On a road that Mr. Ashby told me about. He has never stopped at these
+places, but he thinks you will find something, along here."
+
+After several more miles had been reeled off, the eager and watchful
+passengers in the car glimpsed a low one-story farm-house, with plenty of
+acreage around it. The two-story box-like addition built at the rear and
+hooked up to the tiny dwelling that almost squatted on the road itself,
+seemed to apologise for the insignificance of its mother-house.
+
+"Slow up, Carl. Let's look this place over," called Mrs. Fabian.
+
+The automobile came to a stop and the ladies leaned out to inspect the
+possibilities in such an old place. A girl of ten came around the corner
+of the box-house and stood gazing at the people in the car.
+
+Carl seemed to be no novice in this sort of outing, and he called to the
+girl: "Hey! Is your mudder home?"
+
+The girl nodded without saying a word.
+
+"All right! Tell her to come out, a minute."
+
+Mrs. Fabian hastily interpolated with: "Oh, we'd better go in and ask for
+a drink, Carl."
+
+Carl laughed. "Just as you say, Missus. But dese farmer people don't
+stand on fussin'. You'se can ask her right out if she wants to sell any
+old thing she's got in the attic or cellar."
+
+"How do you know?" asked Polly, smilingly.
+
+"'Cause Mr. Dalken got the fever of collectin' after you folks went to
+Urope. And many a time I've sat and laughed at his way of getting
+things."
+
+"Oh! That's why you knew where to drive us, eh?" said Eleanor.
+
+"No, 'cause he never come this road, yet. He mapped it out, once, and
+said he would try it some day. That's why he told me which road to foller
+today."
+
+The girl had disappeared but was coming back by this time. She climbed
+upon the picket gate and hung over it, as she called out: "My ma's
+kneadin' bread an' can't get out, this minit. She says if you want
+somethun, fer you to come in and see _her_!"
+
+This invitation sufficed for all five to instantly get out of the car and
+lift the latch on the gate. The girl never budged from her perch, but
+permitted the visitors to swing her back as the gate was opened.
+
+"Go right to the side door," advised she, holding on to the pickets.
+
+As invited, the collectors went to the side door and Mrs. Fabian knocked
+timidly. "Come in!" said a shrill voice from within.
+
+The lady of the house had plump arms elbow-deep in dough. She glanced up
+and nodded in a business-like manner. "Did yer come fer fresh aigs?"
+asked she, punching the dough positively.
+
+"If you have any for sale, I should like to take a dozen," returned Mrs.
+Fabian, politely. Polly and Dodo stared in surprise at their chaperone,
+but Eleanor and Nancy comprehended at once, why this reply was made.
+
+"Wait a minute, will yuh, and I'll get this job off my hands afore I go
+fer the aigs."
+
+Eleanor laughed humorously as she remarked: "It looks like dough on your
+hands."
+
+The woman laughed appreciatively, while the others smiled. "That's right!
+It's dough, all right. I s'pose you folks are from nearby, eh?"
+
+"Not very far away," returned Mrs. Fabian. "We are out on a pleasure
+jaunt this morning, but I saw your farm and so we decided to ask your
+little girl if you were in."
+
+"That's right! I tole my man to put a sign out on the letter-box fer
+passers-by to see how I had aigs to sell; but he is that
+procrastinatin'--he puts off anythun' 'til it's too late."
+
+The woman was scraping the bits of dough from her hands as she spoke, and
+this done, she sprinkled flour over the top of the soft lump in the pan
+and covered it with a piece of old linen cloth. As she took it to a warm
+corner behind the stove, she added: "Do you'se know! Abe was late fer our
+weddin'. But I knew him for procrastinatin', even in them days, so I made
+everyone wait. He come in an 'nour behind time, sayin' he had to walk
+from his place 'cause his horse was too lame to ride. That's Abe all
+over, in everythun."
+
+The house-keeper finished her task and turned to her callers. "Now then!
+Do yuh like white er brown aigs?"
+
+"White ones, please," returned Mrs. Fabian.
+
+The woman went to the large storeroom off the kitchen and counted out a
+dozen eggs in a box. When she came back she held them in one hand while
+waiting for payment, with outstretched other hand.
+
+"That's a fine sofa you've got in the next room," remarked Mrs. Fabian,
+pretending not to notice the open palm.
+
+"Yeh, d'ye know, I paid fifteen dollars jus' fer that red plush alone?"
+declared she, going to the door and turning to invite her visitors to
+come in. The box of eggs was forgotten for the time.
+
+The girls followed Mrs. Fabian to the best room that opened from the
+large kitchen, and to their horror they saw that the sofa referred to was
+a hideous Victorian affair of walnut frame upholstered in awful red
+mohair plush.
+
+But Mrs. Fabian made the most of her optics the moment she got inside the
+room. Thus it happened that she spied a few little ornaments on the old
+mantel-shelf.
+
+"What old-fashioned glass candle-sticks," said she, going over to look at
+the white-glass holders with pewter sockets.
+
+"Ain't they awful! I've told Abe, many a time, that I'd throw them out,
+some day, and get a real nice bankit lamp fer the center table," returned
+the hostess.
+
+"And won't he throw them away?" asked Mrs. Fabian, guilelessly.
+
+"He says, why should we waste 'em, when they comes in so handy, in
+winter, to carry down cellar fer apples. He likes 'em cuz he onny paid a
+quarter fer 'em an' a glass pitcher, at an auction, some miles up the
+road. But that wuz so long ago we've got our money's wuth outen them. Now
+I wants a brass lamp an' he says I'm gettin' scandalous in my old
+age--awastin' money on flim-flams fer the settin' room. He says lamps is
+fer parlor use."
+
+Her repressed aspirations in furnishings made the woman pity herself, but
+Mrs. Fabian took advantage of the situation.
+
+"I've needed a pair of candle-sticks for some time, and I'll exchange a
+lamp for your auction bargain which you say has paid for itself, by this
+time."
+
+"What! Don't you want your lamp?" exclaimed the lady, aghast at such a
+statement.
+
+"Well, I have no further use for one, and it would look lovely on your
+marble-top table," returned Mrs. Fabian.
+
+"Well, well! How long will it take you to get it from home?" asked the
+woman, anxiously.
+
+"If you really wish to get rid of the candle-sticks and jug, I'll leave
+the quarter you paid originally for them and go for the lamp at once.
+Maybe I can be back in an hour's time. I'll pay for the eggs, too, and
+leave them until I come back," explained Mrs. Fabian, graciously.
+
+Without wasting an extra word or any precious time, the owner of the rare
+old candle-sticks wrapped them in a bit of newspaper and went for the
+glass pitcher. Mrs. Fabian had no idea of the extra item being worth
+anything, but she included it, more for fun, than anything else. But once
+they saw the tiny glass jug with Sheffield grape-design on its sides,
+they all realized that here was a wonderful "find."
+
+Mrs. Fabian seemed uneasy until she had the paper package in her hand and
+had paid the twenty-five cents for the three pieces of glassware. Then
+Eleanor made a suggestion.
+
+"Why couldn't we wait here, Mrs. Fabian, and look at some of the old
+china the lady has in this cupboard, while you go for the lamp. There's
+no sense in all of us going with you."
+
+"That's a good plan, if Mrs.----" Nancy waited for the lady to mention
+her name.
+
+"I'm Mrs. Tomlinson," said she, politely.
+
+"If Mrs. Tomlinson is not too busy to show us her dear old house," added
+Nancy.
+
+"All right, girls. Is that satisfactory?" asked Mrs. Fabian. "How does it
+appeal to you, Mrs. Tomlinson?"
+
+"Oh, now that that bread is risin', I've got time to burn," declared the
+lady, independently.
+
+"All right. We'll visit here while you get the lamp," agreed the girls,
+deeply concerned to know where their chaperone would find a lamp such as
+Mrs. Tomlinson craved.
+
+Mrs. Fabian left, and invited the child swinging on the gate to drive
+with her as far as Stamford. The little girl, pleased at the opportunity,
+ran for her bonnet and told her ma of the wonderful invitation.
+
+Mrs. Tomlinson signified her consent to Sarah's going, and then gave her
+full attention to showing her company the house. "You musn't look at the
+dirt everywhere, ladies," began she, waving a hand at the immaculate
+corners and primly-ordered furniture.
+
+"Now come and see my parlor, girls. I'm proud of that room, but we onny
+use it Sundays, when Sarah plays the melodian and we sings hymns. Now an'
+then some neighbors come in evenin's, fer a quiltin'-bee in winter; and I
+uses it fer a minister's call, but there ain't no way to het the room an'
+it's all-fired cold fer visitin'."
+
+Polly thought of the ranch-house at Pebbly Pit as Mrs. Tomlinson
+described the cold winter evenings, and she smiled at the remembrance of
+how she used to undress in the kitchen beside the roaring range-fire, and
+then rush breathlessly into her cold little room to jump between the
+blankets and roll up in them to sleep.
+
+Eleanor laughed outright at the picture of a visiting dominie sitting on
+the edge of a chair with his toes slowly freezing, while his parishioners
+tried in quaking tones and with teeth chattering to entertain him.
+
+But Mrs. Tomlinson paid no heed to their laughter, for she was in her
+glory. "Ain't this some room?" demanded she, pulling the shades up to
+give enough light to admire the place.
+
+A stained cherry parlor suite of five pieces upholstered in cheap satin
+damask, with a what-not in one corner, and an easel holding a crayon
+portrait of Abe and his bride at the time of their wedding, in the other
+corner, graced this best room. A few cheap chromos flared against the
+gorgeous-patterned wall-paper, and a mantel-shelf was crowded with all
+sorts of nick-nacks and ornaments. Polly seemed drawn to this shelf, the
+first thing, while the other girls glanced around the parlor and felt
+like laughing.
+
+"Won't you sit down, a minute?" invited the hostess, but her tone
+suggested fear lest they soil the damask with their dust-coats.
+
+Polly had made a discovery in that moment she had to look over the motley
+collection on the shelf.
+
+"This is a nice tray you have standing against the wall," said she, using
+Mrs. Fabian's tactics to interest the hostess.
+
+"Yes, that's another auction bargain. When Abe fust got it, the day I
+went fer that oak side-board, I got mad. But I've used it a lot sence
+then, fer lemonade and cookies, when comp'ny comes to visit all
+afternoon. And I feels made up, _I kin_ tell you, when I brings that tray
+in like all society does." Mrs. Tomlinson chuckled to herself.
+
+Polly examined the tray and believed it a rare one. It was oval in shape,
+and had a stencilled rim in a conventional design. The coloring was
+exquisite, and the central design was a wonderful basket over-flowing
+with gorgeous fruit. The touches of gold on the decorations was the
+beauty-point of the unusual object.
+
+"I've always wanted just such a tray, too. I wonder if you know anyone
+who has one and will sell it to me. I'd drive a long ways to go to an
+auction such as you say you attended, when you bought this tray," said
+Polly, trying to act indifferent.
+
+"Laws-ee, Miss! I see'd trays sold at mos' every country auction I goes
+to. I'd jes' as soon sell that one to you, if you like it, but maybe
+you'd think I was askin' too much if I was to tack on the cost of time I
+lost that day. I never got a chanst to bid on the oak side-board, 'cause
+a city man felt so mad at Abe fer buyin' the tray, that he run up the
+side-board out of spite, when he found we wanted it. Ef he'd onny a said
+he wanted the old tray he'd cud have had it an' welcome. But he never
+told us. The neighbor who finally got the side-board laffed an' told Abe
+why the man did the trick. The man told him he'd double-crossed us that
+way."
+
+Polly would have offered the woman the full value of the fine stencilled
+tray, but Eleanor hurriedly spoke for her.
+
+"How much was the tray with the cost of time tacked on?"
+
+"Well, it won't be fair to charge _all_ afternoon, 'cuz I had a good time
+with my neighbors what met at that vendue. But Abe lost three hours' work
+on the corn that day and that is wuth sixty cents an 'nour, anyway. Tack
+that on to thirty-five cents fer the tray, an' you've got it."
+
+Mrs. Tomlinson started counting laboriously on her fingers and ultimately
+reached the same total as the girls had found five minutes before. So
+Polly paid over the munificent sum to the lady's delight, and took
+possession of the tray.
+
+"Ef I onny had some other old things you'd like to get, I would almost
+have enough money to buy a swell glass lemonade set I saw down to
+Stamford one day. It had a glass tray under it and a dozen painted
+glasses and a fine glass pitcher--all fer two ninety-eight."
+
+Almost before the lady had ended her words of her secret ambition, the
+four girls had pounced upon various things found on the shelf. Eleanor
+had an old glass toddy-mug with a lid, which was used for a match-holder
+in the parlor.
+
+Nancy selected a small oil lamp with a brass base and stem, and a
+lovely-shaped glass shade. Mrs. Tomlinson informed her it was another
+auction bargain that cost fifty cents. Being so expensive they put it on
+the parlor mantel instead of using it.
+
+Dodo yearned to possess an old afghan she saw on the settee of the suite
+of furniture, but she feared to say so. Finally she summoned courage
+enough to offer the lady a price for it that caused Mrs. Tomlinson a
+failure about the heart.
+
+"My goodness' sakes alive! That's ten times more'n the wool ever cost
+when the thing was _new_. Take it! Take it, quick, ef you really mean
+it!"
+
+The girls laughed wildly, for Dodo took it quickly and paid the price
+offered to the consternation of the sales-woman. "Well," gasped she, at
+last, "you must have some family-past what has to do with knitted covers,
+is all I can say to explain you!"
+
+By the time the inspection of the house was over, Mrs. Fabian returned
+with just such a brass pedestal banquet lamp as Mrs. Tomlinson had
+secretly envied and long hoped for. Such joy and pleasure as she took in
+selecting a clean crocheted mat to spread on the cold marble slab of the
+center table, and then place thereon her vision come true, was worth all
+the trouble Mrs. Fabian had had in finding the lamp at a second-hand shop
+at Stamford; but later when that wise collector examined her old
+candle-sticks and pitcher, she felt a hundred times repaid for the
+lamp--as she truly was.
+
+The merry collectors started home that afternoon, after enjoying the
+picnic luncheon beside a brook in the woods back of Stamford, with their
+hopes pitched high for future successes in collecting.
+
+Mr. Dalken heard from Carl about the successful quest that day, and
+telephoned to the Fabians, that evening. The Ashbys had hurried over when
+they heard of the pieces secured at the farm-house, and were present when
+Mr. Dalken questioned the girls all about their "find."
+
+"Now we're dying to start again, Mr. Dalken, and hunt up other trophies,"
+said Polly, in conclusion.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+A REVOLUTIONARY RELIC HUNT
+
+
+So delighted were the amateur collectors with the result of their first
+search for antiques, that they planned another trip a few days later.
+Carl could not drive the car for them, as Mr. Dalken had invited a number
+of business friends who were in New York for a few days to go out on Long
+Island with him, for the day. He took the seven-passenger car and Carl
+for the drive, so the girls had to be contented with the smaller car. But
+neither Mr. Dalken nor Carl knew that the girls proposed going alone.
+They believed Mr. Fabian or Mr. Ashby's chauffeur would drive the car.
+
+Eleanor bragged about her ability to drive an automobile and the girls
+knew from experience how well Dodo could drive, so the outing was planned
+without any grown-up being consulted about the driving or chaperoning.
+
+"Did not Carl have a road-map in the side-pocket of the car, the day he
+drove us to Stamford?" asked Polly.
+
+"Yes, but the car is in the garage, and the map with it," returned
+Eleanor.
+
+"Daddy has a road-map. I'll get his," remarked Ruth Ashby, who had been
+invited to be one of the party this trip.
+
+"Then bring it around tonight, Ruth, when you come to plan about the
+route we ought to choose for this outing," said Polly.
+
+Ruth hurried home and immediately after dinner, that evening, she found
+the map in the library desk-drawer and tucked it in her pocket. As she
+ran through the front hall she called to her mother:
+
+"I'm going over to the Fabians for a little talk, Mummy."
+
+"But, Ruth, you just came from there a few moments before dinner," came
+from Mrs. Ashby.
+
+"Oh, I didn't visit that time! I only stopped in with the girls to wait
+and see if Nancy had a map they all need. Now I'm going to visit,"
+explained Ruth.
+
+Mrs. Ashby laughed at a girl's interpretations of a call and Ruth ran
+out.
+
+Their pretty heads were closely bending over the map, when Mr. Fabian
+passed the living-room door and stopped a moment to consider the picture
+they made under the soft-shaded light. He went on to his private den
+without saying a word to distract their attention from (as he thought)
+their books of learning.
+
+"Now listen here, girls!" exclaimed Nancy, tracing a line on the map.
+"Polly doesn't know much about this end of the United States, and Eleanor
+doesn't know much more than Polly does but I am supposed to be well
+informed about Westchester County, having lived there when I was a little
+girl. So I can tell you something about this road I've traced."
+
+The four girls lifted their heads and listened eagerly.
+
+"You know Dobb's Ferry and its vicinity was there in the days of the
+Revolution, and Washington camped at that town. Even the Headquarters he
+occupied is to be seen as it was at that time. This road, running
+easterly from Dobb's Ferry, is the old turnpike road used by the army as
+it marched towards the Hudson.
+
+"Now this is what I say! Why shouldn't there be lots of old houses along
+that road, or in that locality, that were there during Washington's time?
+And if standing still, why shouldn't there be old furniture, or odd bits,
+to be found in them?"
+
+Eleanor instantly caught Nancy up on one of her phrases. "Naturally the
+houses would be standing still--you wouldn't want them to be dancing a
+tango, would you?"
+
+"Oh, pshaw, Nolla!" scorned Nancy, in disgust at such a poor attempt to
+joke, "you know, well enough, what I mean."
+
+The other girls laughed at Nancy, and Polly added: "Well, what is your
+plan?"
+
+"I say, let's drive along the River Road as far as Dobb's Ferry, and then
+turn off to this road and venture on any country road we find, that has
+old-fashioned houses which look as if they were built in 1776."
+
+"That sounds thrilling!" laughed Eleanor.
+
+Her companions refused to smile this time, so she sat grinning at Nancy,
+as if waiting to attack her again.
+
+"I think that plan will answer as well as anything Nolla has proposed,
+don't you?" asked Nancy.
+
+"Yes, we'll try your scheme out, Nan. But you'll have to be the guide
+through the country, as we haven't the least idea of the lay of the
+land," said Dodo.
+
+"We'll succeed splendidly, as long as we have this map," promised Nancy.
+
+The girls pictured many rare treasures added to their collection after
+this proposed trip, and when it was time for Ruth to go home, each girl
+had chosen rare and wonderful objects to be found in these imaginary
+Colonial home-steads they expected to visit on the morrow.
+
+Classes had to be attended to before excursions could be enjoyed and then
+it was lunch-time; but after that they finally started on this trip.
+
+Mrs. Fabian was out with Mrs. Ashby, so the girls met no one who would
+question them, when they were ready to leave. Ruth and Dodo called at the
+Fabians and they all went to the large garage where Mr. Dalken kept his
+automobiles; and the man, having had instructions to give the car to
+these young friends of the owner, whenever they wanted it, said nothing
+but backed the car out to the street for them.
+
+The five girls drove away in high spirits, for they were eager to harvest
+all the marvelous antiques they had ever read or heard of, that might be
+scattered throughout the country-sides wherever General Washington had
+made a camp for his army.
+
+Dodo was an excellent driver but she had no New York license, and the
+girls had forgotten all about that necessity. So the car was speeding
+along the boulevarde at about twenty-five miles an hour, when a traffic
+policeman in Yonkers held up his hand to stop the northward-bound
+travelers.
+
+Dodo had just turned her head momentarily to send a quizzical look at
+Polly who sat in the back seat, and so failed to see the raised hand. The
+car therefore ran across the street and at the same time, a low-built
+racer shot along the right of way and the two noses rammed each other,
+although both drivers used the emergency brakes.
+
+The girls screamed with fright at the unexpected shock and the dreadful
+jolt they received when the cars collided. And two young college students
+cursed politely and scowled fearfully at the "crazy girl-drivers" who
+never knew which way they were going. But the poor cars suffered the most
+from this conflict. Headlights were smashed, fenders and mud guards were
+so dented in as to look pitiful, while the front wheels of both cars were
+interlocked in such a way that they could not be separated.
+
+This cause held up all traffic on both streets and annoyed the officer so
+that he threatened a wholesale arrest. He asked the names of both
+drivers. The young man gave his as "John Baxter, New York." His license
+number was taken, and he was asked for his permit. He showed it without
+hesitation, and the girls gazed at each other in dismay. They had
+forgotten about such a need!
+
+The officer came over to Dodo's side.
+
+"What's your name?"
+
+"Dodo Alexander," stammered she, forgetting her full name.
+
+"Humph! Baptized that name?"
+
+"Yes--no, oh NO. I never was baptized, I reckon."
+
+"Humph--a heathen, I see!" snarled the policeman. "Well, where do you
+live, or where'd you hail from?"
+
+Eleanor had been grinning at the officer's reply, and now she could not
+withstand the temptation to answer: "From the Cannibal Isles."
+
+The crowd standing about the two cars, laughed--all but the policeman. He
+scowled at Eleanor and said: "Be careful, young lady, or I'll take you
+along for contempt of court."
+
+"But you are not arresting _me_, and this is not Court," argued Eleanor.
+
+"Oh, goodness me! Is he going to arrest me?" cried Dodo.
+
+"If you don't answer my questions promptly, I'll arrest you," returned
+the officer, severely.
+
+"Well, I am from Denver, Colorado, where folks don't fuss like you do in
+the East, just because you cross a street to get to the other side!"
+declared Dodo, in self-justification.
+
+"From Denver! Got a New York license to drive?" said he.
+
+"No, I haven't, but I've driven all over England and the Continent this
+Summer--as these girls will tell you. They were in the party."
+
+"It's nothing to me whether you drove up the Matterhorn and down the
+other side; as long as you can't show me a plain old American license,
+you'll have to pay the costs."
+
+"How much is it?" quickly asked Dodo, taking her purse out to settle the
+bill.
+
+"I don't know. You'd better follow me to the police station and we'll
+see."
+
+Dodo was handed a little paper which she read aloud to her horrified
+companions, and thus, finding themselves arrested, they meekly tried to
+follow the blue-jacket. But the cars had not been disentangled, although
+both boys from the racer were doing their utmost to clear the way.
+
+As the storm raised in the hearts of the two students by the carelessness
+of Dodo abated, both boys realized how pretty and helpless the five girls
+were, so they began to feel sorry for them. Besides this, the front
+wheels were now divorced and the two cars backed away from each other to
+give room for the congested traffic to pass.
+
+"Dear me," wailed Dodo, "what will Mr. Dalken say when he hears about his
+car! I don't mind going to jail or being made to pay a hundred dollars
+fine, but to break up his automobile the first time I drove it, and get
+his license tag into trouble--that is terrible!"
+
+Polly laughed. "Not Dalken's license tag, but his name--in the papers.
+That's what comes of being so well-known in New York."
+
+"And the newspaper men will be sure to say that a party of joy-riders
+stole his car to have a little jaunt in the country, I suppose," added
+Eleanor, teasingly.
+
+One of the good-looking young students now came over to the girls and
+lifted his cap. "Did I understand you to say this is Mr. Dalken's car?"
+
+Five girls glowered at him. Polly snapped out: "Are you a reporter from a
+city paper?"
+
+John Baxter laughed. "No, I am his protegé. Mr. Dalken is the executor
+of my father's estate and I was just on my way to the city, to visit him,
+this evening."
+
+"Oh how nice! We know Mr. Dalken very well, too. He is one of our best
+friends," returned Polly, eagerly.
+
+Nancy Fabian would have been more reticent had she been spokeswoman for
+the girls; but both boys were so pleasant, now, that they were
+introducing themselves to the girls, hence she said nothing.
+
+"We'll go with you to the station house and see that the sergeant behaves
+himself," suggested John.
+
+The girls felt very grateful to this needed friend, and the boys started
+their car after the policeman, the girls following in their damaged car
+that bumped and jolted on one side.
+
+When the inspector learned that not one of the five girls had a license
+to drive a car in New York State, and that the car belonged to someone
+else, he fined Dodo and gave her a good scolding to boot.
+
+"This time I'll let you off easy, as you are green in the East. But don't
+let it happen again, or you'll be sorry. Apply for a permit to drive, as
+soon as you get home, young lady, and then get a book of rules on
+traffic, and learn it by heart."
+
+Dodo meekly paid the fine, and the young people left the room with
+lighter hearts than they had entered it. Both cars had to be taken to a
+garage and put into running shape again. Meantime there would be two
+hours of waiting on their hands, and seven young folks with impatient
+blood in their veins to kill that time.
+
+"I'm sorry you ladies have been deprived of your pleasure drive, but I
+might suggest a little consolation if you ever deign to go to the
+Movies," said John Baxter, politely.
+
+"There's a good show up the street in that large Picture Theatre," added
+his friend Andrews.
+
+"We love movies--when they are good," ventured Eleanor.
+
+"What do you think, Nan? Shall we go?" asked Polly.
+
+"Oh yes! it will be awful--waiting about this place with nowhere to go
+other than the Movies, as you say," returned Nancy.
+
+So the two young men escorted the five girls to the show where they
+forgot their recent troubles in watching Harold Lloyd do his best to
+break his neck.
+
+Dodo paid the bill at the garage for both cars, even though the boys
+insisted that they pay for their own damages. But she replied: "No, the
+insurance company will have to settle eventually."
+
+The good-natured way in which Dodo accepted the situation more than
+convinced the boys that these girls were "bricks" all right! It was now
+past five, and the cars were ready to go again, but the "collectors"
+found they had to go back to the city for that time, without having seen
+as much as a shadow of an antique.
+
+"What will you girls do about getting home?" asked Andrews.
+
+"Why, drive, of course!" returned Dodo.
+
+"But you can't--you haven't a license. Neither has any one of the other
+girls," explained Jack.
+
+"Oh, we never thought of that!" exclaimed Polly, perplexed.
+
+"I have one," suggested Andrews. "I can get in your car, and one of you
+girls can drive with Baxter, if you will. That will solve the problem."
+
+"All right," assented Dodo, getting out of her seat to allow Andrews to
+get in.
+
+"Which one wants to drive with Jack?" asked Andrews.
+
+Neither girl answered, and not as much as by a tremor of the eye-lid did
+either show how delighted she would have been to sit beside the handsome
+young man and skim along the road to New York.
+
+Baxter laughed heartily, and Andrews added: "I never dreamed that _no_
+one would care to drive with him. I'm sorry, Jack, but you'll have to go
+alone."
+
+"Not if I know it!" retorted Baxter, quickly. "I can't choose when all
+are so desirable, but we can cast lots to see who will be my companion."
+
+The girls thought this most exciting, and when Andrews had shown the slip
+of paper that would be the lucky draw, and then had folded and shaken the
+slips well in his cap, the girls drew. As each girl opened her scrap of
+paper to find it was blank, and then watched the others try, there was
+great laughter and anxious waiting. Finally Polly opened her slip and
+found she had drawn the lucky one.
+
+"Ha! Isn't Jack Baxter lucky, though!" laughed Eleanor. "Not only gets
+the cleverest girl in the crowd, but the prettiest one, too!"
+
+"Stop your nonsense, Nolla! How many times do I have to tell you to allow
+me to live in peace, without so much of your chaffing!" exclaimed Polly,
+impatiently.
+
+Everyone laughed merrily at Polly's retort, and Baxter looked admiringly
+at the flushed cheeks and sparkling eyes. He was most gallant in
+assisting Polly into the "boat" as he called it, and then he jumped in
+beside her.
+
+Eleanor sat beside Andrews in the other car, and entertained him with a
+highly colored story of Polly and her home in Pebbly Pit. Before they
+reached the Fabian home in New York, young Andrews pictured the enormous
+wealth of "Choko's Find" gold mine, and the marvellous beauty of the lava
+jewels found in Rainbow Cliffs on the ranch. To think that one girl
+should be lucky enough to own both such money-producers!
+
+Shortly after dinner that evening, Mr. Dalken telephoned the girls and
+told them to come over to his apartment for a party. He explained that he
+had two nice little boys visiting him, and he was at a loss to know how
+to entertain them so that they would care to come again, another day.
+Remembering how well Polly and her friends managed other boys, he felt
+sure that they could help him now.
+
+Polly laughed in reply, and said: "Oh yes! If one of those boys now
+visiting you, is anything like Jack Baxter who drove me home, this
+afternoon, we won't have any trouble in amusing them."
+
+But Polly never told Mr. Dalken that Jack declared himself so deeply in
+love with her, before she had been in his car ten minutes, that she had
+all she could do to keep him at the wheel instead of placing an arm about
+her, and thus stalling the engine in the ditch alongside the main road to
+the city.
+
+That evening, after the girls returned from Mr. Dalken's party, Eleanor
+remarked: "My goodness! Polly has another scalp to hang to her belt of
+trophies. If she keeps on piercing hearts, as she has done this past
+year, she'll have to discard some of her old scalps and loan them to us,
+to make room for her new ones."
+
+But Polly sniffed loftily at such foolishness, and made no reply.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+ANOTHER ATTEMPT AT COLLECTING
+
+
+Although the trip planned for the Dobb's Ferry territory had ended so
+disastrously, the girls were not discouraged. Dodo secured a license
+without any difficulty, and was equipped to drive Mr. Dalken's car
+without being fined a second time. But the wise owner of the car
+considered it wiser to send Carl out on these excursions, instead of
+trusting to Fate to bring the girls back home again without broken bones
+or a damage suit.
+
+Mr. Fabian had had a brilliant idea, too, after he heard his wife's story
+of the country auction where the old antiques had been secured by Mrs.
+Tomlinson. He suggested that they subscribe to several country papers,
+both daily and weekly, and in that way they would learn of any vendue
+advertised in its columns.
+
+Eagerly following his advice, the four girls--Nancy was not interested in
+antiques but was willing to go around with her friends when they hunted
+for them--subscribed for the Yonkers papers, the White Plains papers,
+several weeklies in New Jersey, and others, in order to learn of any
+country auctions advertised for the following week.
+
+Through this medium, they read of a country sale advertised for the
+following Thursday, to take place at an old farm home-stead way back in
+the hills of Westchester. The items mentioned included a mahogany
+four-poster bed, and other old bits.
+
+Polly and Eleanor had not attended an auction since the days in Paris,
+and neither of them had ever heard of, or witnessed a back-farm country
+auction, so they were not prepared for what they really experienced.
+
+Carl was detailed to drive them, that day, and Mrs. Fabian escorted them,
+in the seven-passenger car. They took the turnpike road as far as White
+Plains and then turned to the left to follow a country road that would
+lead past the farm.
+
+The sale was advertised for eleven o'clock, but the girls did not arrive
+on the premises until twelve. Still no auctioneer was to be seen or
+heard. Groups of farmers stood around, gossiping about their crops that
+season, and their wives sat indoors exchanging notes on canning, new
+neighbors, or babies.
+
+Polly gazed curiously at the types assembled for that sale, and whispered
+to Eleanor: "Wouldn't you say these farmers had been picked up from Oak
+Creek ranches and dropped down here in this front door-yard?"
+
+Eleanor smiled and nodded. Then she said in a low voice: "They don't look
+as if they were here to buy. We seem to be the only folks here with a
+pocket-book."
+
+A young farmer who had been leaning against the old well now came forward
+to welcome the strangers who stood looking about.
+
+"I be the clerk fer the auctionair, but he hain't come, yit. His baby
+swallered a shet safety-pin an' they had an orful time wid ippycak tryin'
+to git it that way. Now the doctor's thar sayin' that stuff is all wrong.
+He'll git the pin, all right, 'cause I swallered a quarter, onct, and he
+got it, but it costed me a hull dollar extra to pay him fer his
+docterin'. Ye's kin go in and peer aroun' to see ef you wants anything."
+
+Mrs. Fabian expressed her sympathy for the parents of the baby and said
+she knew just how frightened the mother must be.
+
+"Not much!" was the clerk's astonishing reply. "She's young Kit Morehouse
+what ain't got a grain of sense in her bean. This baby's mother died when
+it was a week old, and Lem had to have someone look affer it. Thar warn't
+no sensible woman about what would hev him, 'cause he don't make salt fer
+a red herrin', seein' his professhun is auctionin' an' folks ain't
+sellin' out like-as-much as they ust to be, years ago. But this crazy Kit
+was onny nineteen, with no fam'ly, er no payin' job, so she hired out to
+take keer of the kid. Don't it allus end like this? The gal marries the
+father an' gets mad cause another woman's kid is cryin' around!"
+
+The girls were intensely interested in this bit of local gossip, but Mrs.
+Fabian thought they had heard enough about "Kit," so she bid the clerk
+good-by and started for the low one-story-and-a-half house.
+
+The interior presented a different appearance from the home of Mrs.
+Tomlinson's. Every conceivable object ever used in the house was brought
+out and placed in the front rooms. Women and children sat about on
+various sorts of seats, waiting for the sale to begin. As most of the
+assembly were neighbors and acquainted with each other, the entrance of
+Mrs. Fabian and her girls caused quite a surprise.
+
+Audible whispers of "Who air they?" and "Where did they come from?" or
+"What d'ye s'pose they come to bid on?" were heard on all sides as the
+strangers passed through the "settin' room."
+
+The moment Mrs. Fabian's party left the clerk, outside, he hurried over
+to the automobile where Carl sat enjoying a quiet smoke.
+
+"Howde," began Abner Clark, the clerk.
+
+Carl removed his pipe and nodded nonchalantly.
+
+"Do you-all hail from about these parts?" asked Abner.
+
+"I should say _not_!" declared Carl, emphatically.
+
+"From whar abouts are you?" continued the clerk.
+
+"New York City--and that's some town, let me tell you."
+
+"Yeh--so I've heran say. How did yeh get to come here to this vendue?"
+persisted Abner.
+
+"_I_ don't know--I'm only the chauffeur. Why don't you ask the ladies if
+you are so anxious to know?" Carl was growing angry.
+
+"All right--no harm meant," replied Abner, soothingly, as he turned away.
+
+Carl resumed his pipe, and Abner strolled over to the group of men
+sitting on wheel-barrows, ploughs, chicken-coops, etc. With a furtive
+look over his shoulder, to make sure the city driver was not listening,
+Abner began to explain to his interested friends who the strangers were.
+
+But he had not quite ended his tale before an old buggy drove up and the
+auctioneer got out. He glanced over the assembled farmers with an
+appraising eye, and then carefully hitched the old nag to a tree. This
+done, he broke off a great chunk of tobacco from a cake kept in a blue
+paper, and popped it into his mouth.
+
+Abner walked over to the white-washed fence to greet his superior. "How's
+the kid?" were his first words.
+
+"All right, now. He diden' swaller the pin, after all. The doctor found
+it down inside his shirt, an' it cost me a dollar besides all that good
+mustard and eppicac, fer nuthin'!"
+
+"Well, well!" sympathized Abner, not knowing what would be best to say in
+such a delicate case.
+
+"Did yuh keep all the folks about when I sent word over?" continued the
+auctioneer.
+
+"Shure! An' we've got some swell city buyers, this time."
+
+"City! You don't mean anyone from the city'd want to buy old Morrisey's
+trash?" exclaimed Lemuel, in disbelief.
+
+"I dunno what they want, but thar's their man what steers the
+autermobile," and Abner directed a thumb over his left shoulder.
+
+"Wall, wall! Come along; we'll hurry up to get some of their coin afore
+they git tired awaitin'!" declared the wise man, as he made haste to
+reach the house.
+
+Mrs. Fabian and the girls had made a cursory visit to the rooms on the
+ground floor, and while they stood in the small kitchen examining various
+old dishes and glassware in the cupboard, Polly spied a very narrow
+staircase leading to the attic.
+
+"I'm going up to see if there's anything up there," said she. So without
+another word, she ran up the creaky steps.
+
+The girls heard her walking overhead, and then heard her pull a heavy
+object across the floor. In another minute she came racing down the steps
+at a break-neck speed, her face all streaked with dirt and her dress
+covered with cob-webs and the dust of ages.
+
+"Oh, folks! Do come up and see what I found in an old box under the
+eaves!"
+
+They needed no second invitation, and soon all were up beside the box.
+There were many other empty boxes standing about and in some way this
+particular box had escaped the attention of Abner, who had taken the
+inventory of the contents of the house and barns.
+
+Polly had removed the first object on top of the box which was an old
+woven coverlet in rare colorings of blue and white. In one corner was the
+name of the weaver and the date it was completed. Polly was not aware
+that old woven coverlets were considered very desirable by collectors,
+but she had read the date which showed the spread was more than a hundred
+years old, so she judged it was worth bidding on at the coming sale.
+
+Directly under this woven coverlet was a white spread. It was very old
+and torn at the corners, but the rest of it was in good condition. Mrs.
+Fabian saw at once that it was a spread of the finest candle-wicking
+style she had ever seen. It must have dated back to the early part of the
+eighteenth century.
+
+Under this white bed-spread were small bundles of hand-spun linen towels,
+yellow with age but in perfect condition as to wear. But the greatest
+find of all, in this box, were the old brasses in the bottom.
+
+Wrapped in papers to keep them clean, Polly found a long-handled
+warming-pan; a set of fire-irons--the tongs, shovel, and andirons of the
+famous "acorn-top" design; and a funny old foot-warmer. A pair of ancient
+bellows was the last article found in the box, but the leather was so dry
+and old that pieces fell out when Polly tried to make the bellows work.
+
+"I must go right down and tell that clerk about these wonderful things.
+They must have overlooked them when they listed all the other articles in
+the house," said Mrs. Fabian.
+
+Eleanor held her back and said: "You'd better not tell him the news in
+that excited manner. He'll understand at once, that these things are
+desirable, and then we'll have to pay well for them."
+
+"You're right, Nolla!" laughed Nancy, and her mother admitted as much.
+
+"Why couldn't we just take them down to the kitchen and pile them on the
+table. No one will know that we want them, and should anyone ask what we
+were doing up here and by what right we carried them down from the attic,
+we can honestly say that Abner said we could go over the house and see if
+there was anything we liked to buy," said Polly, with a collector's
+instinct for not paying extortionate prices for what she wanted.
+
+The girls laughed, but each one caught up some object, and having
+gathered all safely in their arms, they started down. The kitchen, being
+the least desirable room to visit in the farmer's wife's judgment, no one
+was there when Mrs. Fabian and the girls returned to it. Their
+discoveries were piled on the old drop-leaf table, and they grouped
+themselves at the doorways to keep guard over the prizes.
+
+A loud voice was shouting at the open front door, saying: "This are the
+terms of the sale: Everything bid on 's got to be paid fer the same day
+and removed from the premises in twenty-four hours--all but th'
+barn-stock. You'se kin take forty-eight hours fer them. I expecks
+everyone to pay cash fer anything they buy, 'cause I got enough trouble
+at that last sale at Hubbells' when a lot of you folks bid on stuff an'
+then went home an' left it on my hands. Hubbell's son had to give 'em
+away at last, and I lost all that commission. So, none of that, at this
+vendue!"
+
+Some of the assembled people looked guilty, and the auctioneer rode
+rough-shod over their feelings. "Anudder thing: Don't haggle on a cent!
+When I call out a decent bid on a thing, raise it a nickel, at least, if
+you wants it. This cent business--and at Hubbell's vendue, some of you'se
+even bid half a cent at a time--makes me tired! If a thing ain't wuth a
+cent more to yeh, then let it go to the other feller what wants it!"
+
+The girls laughed at this frank statement of _sense_, and Lemuel turned
+to see who had appreciated his speech. When he saw the city people Abner
+had mentioned, he felt warmed all through, for he felt sure he would earn
+some commissions that day.
+
+"Our first number is in th' kitchen. Ab, kin we get in thar, er had we
+better hold the stuff out here?" asked Lemuel.
+
+"I can't hold up the kitchen stove, kin I?" asked Abner, in an injured
+tone.
+
+The people laughed heartily, Mrs. Fabian's party joining more
+appreciatively than anyone.
+
+"All right," answered the auctioneer, in a matter-of-fact voice. "We'll
+try to crowd in. But don't anyone what don't want to bid on kitchen
+stuff, come and use the room from others!"
+
+It seemed that his very warning acted contrariwise for, to the girls, it
+looked as if everyone on the premises tried to crowd into that small
+room. Being first on the ground, they fared best for place. Mrs. Fabian
+mounted the steps leading to the attic and advised the girls to get up on
+the table, chairs, or other solid objects, to be able to look over the
+heads of the crowd.
+
+"Now, Ab, what you got first?" asked the auctioneer.
+
+Abner had his little book of items, and finding the table the first
+number inventoried, he called out: "Deal table and contents!"
+
+Now Polly stood on the table, and all the covers had been thrown upon it,
+also, so when Abner shouted out "table and contents" Lemuel laughed
+loudly.
+
+"Say, one of them contents is a mighty pooty gal, I kin tell yuh! I'll
+begin bidding myself, on such a bargain!"
+
+The country-folks laughed wildly at such a fine joke, and Polly, eager to
+own the other valuable contents, smiled with them and nodded her head at
+the salesman. He was not aware that she meant she would bid, for his
+customers always shouted forth their bids. Then a man asked: "What sort
+of contents is thar?"
+
+Abner pushed his way through the crowd to open the drawer in the table
+and enumerate the small ware mentioned as "contents," when he saw, to his
+surprise, that there was a heap of covers on the table.
+
+He picked them up and stared at them in dumbfounded amazement, then said:
+"Say, Lem, here's them old bed-quilts we had sech a job huntin' up. Whar
+the heck'd they come from, I'm sure I dunno!"
+
+"You got 'em, eh? Well, they ain't listed, so sell 'em fust. I'll mark
+them an 'A' lot. Who wants to bid on a ole bed-spread?" called Lemuel.
+
+Had the women-folk known of bedding to be sold in the kitchen, there
+would have been a mad rush for it. But most of them were waiting for the
+blankets and comfortables found in the two small bed-rooms annexed to the
+parlor. So but few were in the kitchen when the old candle-wicking spread
+was bid on by Polly, and knocked down to her for a dollar-ninety.
+
+Eleanor got the blue and white woven coverlet for a dollar and a half,
+and Mrs. Fabian bought the linen towels "in a lot" for two dollars. The
+old brasses that were also listed as an "A" lot were knocked down as
+follows: Polly bought the ancient foot-warmer for sixty cents; Eleanor
+secured the warming-pan for a dollar, and Dodo, the set of fire-irons
+with acorn tops, for three dollars. These undreamed-of bargains elated
+the girls so that they lost all discretion for a time.
+
+"Now that we've cleared them things out of our way, we'll sell the
+table," said Lemuel, and forthwith he gave the table to a farmer for
+fifty cents.
+
+"What 'che got next, Ab?" asked he.
+
+"Some kitchen dishes," replied Abner, as he opened the cupboard and
+displayed several samples of blue ware.
+
+Eleanor saw the familiar pattern of the pagodas and willows that are
+found on old willow-ware, and instantly decided that these must be rare
+antiques because they were found in the same house as the ancient objects
+just acquired by her and her friends. So she raised the first bid of ten
+cents for eight odd pieces, to a dollar.
+
+The auctioneer gasped. He gazed at Eleanor and said faintly: "Did you bid
+a dollar?"
+
+"Of course!"
+
+"All right, Miss, you kin have them, but pay me now fer them, and don't
+come back naggin' me to say I stuck you wid cracked plates, and nicked
+saucers. You saw'd them afore you bid!"
+
+Eleanor laughed, and handed over a dollar bill, but Mrs. Fabian tried to
+catch her eye to warn her not to bid recklessly on other things. Polly
+stood up on the table wondering why Eleanor got the old kitchen dishes.
+
+The moment Lemuel had the dollar safely in his pocket, he remarked: "Gee!
+I'm goin' out of this second-hand sellin' and lay in a stock of ten-cent
+blue dishes to sell!"
+
+One of the farmers haw-hawed and said: "That's how Coolworth made so much
+money! Gettin' so much cheap stuff and findin' a pack of silly women to
+buy 'em."
+
+Eleanor tossed her head, but had she kept quiet she would not have been
+the object of pity she found herself, afterward. In self-justification of
+her purchase, she called out: "You people don't know genuine old
+Wedgewood when you see it. I've got a big bargain in those eight plates!"
+
+At that statement, a quiet young fellow, who had been standing about
+watching progress and noting the bids on a paper, laughed. "I don't want
+anyone to say they was taken in at my folk's sale; but I got'ta tell that
+young lady that I bought them blue dishes _myself_, last year, at the
+tea-store in White Plains fer ten cents each."
+
+Even Polly had to join in the laugh at Eleanor's expense now, and poor
+Nolla felt like selling herself for a nickel. But the auctioneer had
+scant time for jokes or reckless buyers as he was there for business. So
+he finished the kitchen and called them into the parlor. Here Polly
+secured a china dog such as were common sixty to eighty years ago;
+Eleanor got a real bargain, this time, in buying two century old
+flower-vases for fifty cents. Mrs. Fabian saw an old engraving of
+"Washington Crossing the Delaware," as it was taken from the wall behind
+the door, and offered for a quarter. On the spur of the moment she raised
+the bid five cents and got the picture which later proved to be one of
+the rare old originals, worth several hundred dollars.
+
+Dodo ran up a pair of girandoles that stood on the narrow mantel-shelf in
+the front room, and finally got them for three dollars. Such an
+unheard-of price made the buyers look at her in pity, and Lemuel
+remarked:
+
+"Well, some folks has more money than sense!"
+
+Dodo's friends laughed heartily at this criticism, but she cared little
+for them all, because she knew what she had obtained for her money.
+
+The two bed-rooms were so small that few people could get in, so the
+auctioneer ordered Abner to carry the articles for sale, out on the lawn
+where everyone could see them. Had it not been for this sensible advice,
+Polly would never have seen or secured the fine old set of Staffordshire
+toilet-ware that was knocked down to her for four dollars.
+
+It consisted of ewer in quaint shape, basin deep enough to be a huge
+punch-bowl, a soap-plate, a mug, and a commode. The rich deep coloring of
+the design on the china was lovely, and every piece was in good order.
+
+The young man who had told the truth about the eight dishes from the
+tea-store, congratulated Polly and said: "That set has been in our family
+for more'n a hundred years. My grandmother used to keep it fer show, er
+when we had fine comp'ny comin' to see us. That's how it kept so good."
+
+"Oh, don't you want to keep it, then?" asked Polly, regretfully.
+
+"Nah, I'm goin' west on the money I git outen this sale, an' I'd ruther
+see someone what likes it own it, than any old clod-hopper about these
+parts!"
+
+Polly felt sure the owner had not been lovingly treated by the people he
+glanced at as he spoke. But she learned, just before leaving the place
+that afternoon, that he felt so antagonistic against his neighbors
+because of their frank criticism of his habit of spending his
+inheritance.
+
+Because of this unwise recklessness, he had had to mortgage the old farm,
+and when the proceeds of that had been spent, he had to sell out.
+"Perhaps his going west, where he would have to work hard for his living,
+would be his salvation, after this," thought Polly.
+
+Mrs. Fabian allowed the girls to watch the sale until the contents of the
+house were sold out and then she suggested that they start back home. The
+bargains were carefully placed between the coverlets purchased, and then
+the buyers got in the car.
+
+The country-people were all crowding to the barns to bid on stock and
+farm-utensils when Carl started the engine. With a last look at the
+little house where they had found their interesting antiques, the
+collectors left.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+POLLY'S HUNT IN 'JERSEY
+
+
+The collectors took several long trips, after the vendue in Westchester
+County, but found nothing of value at any place.
+
+Still they lived in hopes, and towards the last of October, Polly
+suggested that they try New Jersey for a change. A girl who attended Art
+Classes told Polly of several very old places within the vicinity of
+Springfield and Morristown--both old Revolutionary towns of historic
+fame.
+
+So Carl drove up to the Fabian home early one Saturday morning, and Mrs.
+Fabian with her party, hurried out with luncheon and wraps, and were soon
+speeding away for the ferry-boat that would take them across the North
+River.
+
+The girls had never been in New Jersey, and found much to admire in the
+picturesque, rolling land of the Jersey Hills. They left Newark behind,
+and drove along the Union Turnpike road until they reached the Forks.
+Here they turned to the left and in a short time, were going through the
+ancient town of Springfield.
+
+They were already past it, before Mrs. Fabian found what place it was.
+Then they laughed, and turned back again to visit a shop on the main
+street. Mrs. Fabian got out of the car and went in to question the
+proprietor.
+
+"Do you know of any old houses, near here, where one can secure old bits
+of furniture, or antique objects?"
+
+The man chuckled. "Say, Madam, if I have one person ask me that same
+question, I have dozens stop to question me. I tells them all, the same
+as I tells you now--the only antique I can send them to anywhere about
+Springfield, is that old church on the corner, where you can see the hole
+blown in the side by a cannon ball, when the British were here. And over
+yonder, you will find a burial ground where many old Indians are buried,
+with their stone arrow-heads and other trophies with them. The crumbling
+grey-stone slabs and the ancient tombs found there, will give you the
+dates. Some go as far back as two hundred, or two hundred and fifty
+years."
+
+Mrs. Fabian thanked him and returned to the girls to repeat the
+conversation she had had with the shop-keeper. They all declared for a
+visit to the old church, and then to the cemetery, so Carl drove back and
+they visited both places.
+
+In the ancient burial ground, they read many queer epitaphs on the head
+stones, and some of these the girls copied down. Then they got back in
+the automobile and Carl was told to drive on to Morristown.
+
+This place was found to be so dreadfully modern, that no hope of
+discovering antiques was left alive in their hearts. But it was noon and
+they were hungry, so they discussed the advisability of going to a
+lunch-room, or driving into the country and having the picnic lunch.
+
+"As long as we brought such a nice luncheon with us, why stop at a hotel
+or restaurant to eat?" asked Polly.
+
+"There really isn't any sense in doing that, but there certainly isn't
+any picnic place in this town," declared Eleanor.
+
+"Well, then let's start out and find one away from here," suggested
+Polly.
+
+"I'll make another proposition, girls," said Mrs. Fabian. "Why not stop
+at that Public Library we just passed, and find out if there are any
+notable spots in the vicinity of this town, where we might find old
+houses or old objects?"
+
+"Well, the idea is good, but really, Mrs. Fabian, this town impresses me
+most emphatically with this fact: that the residents have as much desire
+for antiques as we have; and most likely, they started in years before we
+ever were born, to rake over the country-side, which must have been rich
+with old furniture and other things from Washington's days here, so as to
+collect all those things for themselves," was Dodo's sensible remark.
+
+The others smiled at her practical words, and Mrs. Fabian agreed with
+her. "But it will do no harm to stop just a moment to ask the attendant
+at the Library if she knows of any place in New Jersey where we might
+indulge our craze of collecting."
+
+Carl then turned around and they were soon back at the Library. The girls
+remained in the car while Mrs. Fabian went indoors to ask questions of
+the agreeable lady at the desk.
+
+"I'm sure you will find a few old bits, here and there, about the
+country-side," said the lady, in reply to Mrs. Fabian's questions. "In
+fact, my friend furnished her old-fashioned house that she recently
+bought of an old 1776 family, by driving about through the Mendham
+country, down through New Vernon and Baskingridge--all famous
+Revolutionary places, you know--and by visiting places as far away as
+Bound Brook, Plainfield, and the country about Trenton. I was amazed at
+the number of old things she managed to secure."
+
+Being given a pencil sketch of what roads to follow to reach Mendham, or
+Baskingridge, Mrs. Fabian thanked her informer most graciously. Suddenly
+the lady said:
+
+"Now that you are in town, why not drive down to a little auction room
+I've heard of, just off Washington Street, and see if you can find
+anything in that Paradise for old stuff?"
+
+"We will! Where is it, and how do we get there?"
+
+"The man's name is Van Styne, and he used to be a magnet for attracting
+the oldest pieces to his store-rooms! People used to commission him when
+they wanted anything in particular, and in some super-natural manner, he
+used to have it for them in a few days' time. It would have taken
+ordinary individuals years, with plenty of money and energy, to
+accomplish the same result."
+
+Again Mrs. Fabian thanked her interested informer, and left the library.
+The girls were told of the conversation and they all voted to go to Van
+Styne's old auction rooms first, and then try to locate an old farm-house
+along the road to Mendham, or in the opposite direction, towards
+Baskingridge.
+
+The building where "Van Styne--Auctioneer and Appraiser" had his sign
+displayed, for the public's guidance, was a long low place that had been
+used as the carriage house of "Liberty Stable" years before. The tiny
+windows, high up in a row along the front, were stall-marks that told
+what it had been in the past. Now it was an "Emporium" for all who needed
+second-hand furniture at a bargain; or for those who sought antiques of
+any kind, to add to their amateur collections.
+
+Mr. Van Styne was a white-haired, long-whiskered, thin man who sat tilted
+back in a broken-through rush-bottom chair that had never had a bid at
+his weekly auctions, hence it was put to some use in his office to pay
+for storage. His feet were resting on the flat-table-desk in front of
+him, and he was sweetly snoring when the girls opened the door of the
+room.
+
+Such an unheard of thing as customers in the early part of the afternoon,
+caused him to jump up and remove his aged straw hat that had been tilted
+over his eyes to keep out the sun-light.
+
+"We came to see if we could find anything in your salesroom," began Mrs.
+Fabian, noting the dust that lay thick on everything, and the heaped up
+motley collection of family possessions displayed in the long adjoining
+stable-room.
+
+"What kind of furniture do you need?" asked he, stifling a yawn.
+
+"Why, anything old enough to be interesting. We heard that you were a
+wizard in finding antiques for people."
+
+The proprietor disclaimed such power, and said with a grin that displayed
+several gaps in his yellowed teeth, "You can mosey about, out there, to
+your heart's content. If you find anything likely, call me an' I'll tell
+you what it's wuth."
+
+He waved his arm to the long stacked-up storeroom, and then sat down
+again. In another moment his feet were up on the desk and his hat tipped
+down over his eyes. His hands were calmly folded over his waist-coat and
+he settled down to snooze, once more.
+
+The girls giggled aloud and hurried after Mrs. Fabian to keep from
+laughing outright at the ambitious salesman. They prowled about and
+pulled out lots of things and examined many other old articles, soiling
+their gloves and dresses, without finding a thing that was of any value.
+
+Finally Polly dragged out an old walnut chest of drawers to see what was
+stored back of it, that kept it so far away from the wall. She discovered
+a group of large, framed pictures standing against the wall, evidently
+forgotten by the auctioneer, as they were covered with a thick coating of
+dust.
+
+"Come and help me lift these out, will you, Nolla?" called Polly, as
+Eleanor stood waiting for something new to look at.
+
+In another moment, both girls were hauling out the mass of pictures,
+whose wires and screw-eyes were so entangled that to get at one, you had
+to drag all out at the same time.
+
+"My goodness! Just look at our hands!" exclaimed Eleanor, holding up such
+dirty hands that Polly laughed.
+
+"The result of digging!" said she, managing to separate one smaller frame
+from the others.
+
+As she turned it over to study the picture, she was greatly disappointed
+to find it had an old, cheap, stained frame. The picture seemed
+nondescript to her. It was a scene of an old bridge with fine old trees
+on both banks of the river. Quaintly costumed people strolled along both
+sides of the stream, and a funny tower rose at the further end of the
+bridge. The colors were crude and primary--no fine shading or artistic
+handling to be seen. A title under the picture, and several inscriptions
+in French at the left side of the bottom, were so stained and blurred as
+to be totally unreadable with the naked eye.
+
+Meantime, Eleanor had managed to free the next frame, which was a huge
+affair of old mahogany. The glass was so dreadfully dusty that not a bit
+of the picture underneath could be seen. She looked about for something
+to use as a duster, and saw an old end of chenille curtain on the walnut
+dresser. This she used and wiped away as much of the dirt as would come
+off with hard work--the rest must have hot water and soap.
+
+"Well, I declare! Look at this old engraving!" called she to the others.
+Polly was at hand, and saw that Eleanor had actually found a treasure.
+
+Mrs. Fabian hurried across the room and took her magnifying glass from
+her handbag being always prepared with it in case of need to study
+signatures and other nearly effaced trade-marks.
+
+The large engraving represented the Independence Hall at Philadelphia,
+and under that was the famous Declaration of Independence, with all the
+original signatures following. The picture of the Hall was engraved on a
+smaller bit of paper and had been mounted at the top of the printed
+matter. The engraving was signed by the engraver, and dated. Affidavits
+at the bottom of the parchment paper stated that this was one of the
+original documents made by Order of Congress for use in the Government
+Buildings so that the first original paper and signatures could be
+preserved as a relic, by the United States.
+
+"Why, this wonderful old paper is more than a hundred and thirty years
+old!" exclaimed Mrs. Fabian amazed.
+
+"My goodness me! How much do you suppose I shall have to pay to get it?"
+gasped Eleanor.
+
+"I don't know, but you really ought to shake that dirty rag thoroughly
+over the glass again, to hide what is under it," advised Dodo, with
+astuteness.
+
+The others laughed. But Polly had another suggestion to make. "Let's see
+what else we can find in this stack of pictures. We will choose a number
+of them and then make an offer on the lot, as much as to say we need
+bargain-frames for other uses. This rare find of Nolla's will be hidden
+in with the rest."
+
+"Polly's idea is best. Because the old man will know that we wouldn't buy
+a picture with all the dust covering the glass," said Nancy Fabian.
+
+[Illustration: A CRY FROM POLLY CAUGHT THEIR FULLEST ATTENTION.
+Polly's Business Venture. Page 139]
+
+"What's the little old one you've got in your hands, Polly?" now asked
+Mrs. Fabian.
+
+"Oh, nothing much. It looks like an ugly little chromo printed before
+people knew how to use colors on printing-presses."
+
+Mrs. Fabian leaned over Polly's shoulder to take a look, and puckered her
+forehead when she saw the yellowed paper and old stained edges of the
+picture.
+
+"Polly, I verily believe that here you have something that Mr. Fabian has
+lectured on several times. Let me examine it."
+
+While the girls crowded about her, Mrs. Fabian placed the picture, face
+downwards, on the table near by and tried to draw out the old headless
+tacks driven in to hold the backboard snugly in its place.
+
+"Well, whoever framed this picture did it for all time!" exclaimed she,
+breaking several fingernails and tearing the skin on her hands in the
+attempt to loosen the fine steel nails.
+
+"Here! I've found an old pair of broken scissors in this desk--let's use
+them to clinch the nails and force them out," said Nancy, handing her
+mother the shears.
+
+With this assistance, Mrs. Fabian soon had the nails out and then
+carefully removed the old sections of thin boards. Under the boards was a
+yellowed newspaper, folded neatly, and so wedged in at the edges of the
+frame that no dust could work a way through to the picture. Without a
+thought of the paper, Mrs. Fabian took it out and expected to see the
+back of the picture. Instead, she found a yellow-stained letter written
+to Paul Revere Esq. and signed by one of the famous men of the
+Revolution. It was a personal letter of that time, and had been used to
+paste over a crack in the back of the picture.
+
+"Why--why! How very wonderful!" breathed Mrs. Fabian, as she stared at
+the old letter.
+
+"What is it--anything valuable?" asked the girls.
+
+"A genuine letter written to Paul Revere! Now that I think of it, girls,
+Paul Revere lived in Morristown and his home is still intact on De Hart
+Street, I believe. This old picture must have come from his house; or in
+some way, this letter found its way into someone else's hands and was
+used at that time for scrap paper to mend this picture. Now let's see
+what the picture is."
+
+But a cry from Polly, who had picked up the old newspaper and now had
+opened it wide, caught their fullest attention.
+
+"Oh, oh! Isn't this too funny for anything! Listen and I will read it."
+Then Polly read aloud an advertisement in the tiny old newspaper, of a
+Squire at Baskingridge who wished to sell a healthy, young negro wench of
+unquestionable pedigree. Price and particulars would be given any
+interested buyer.
+
+"Polly!" chorused her audience, in surprise. "That paper must be as old
+as the letter!"
+
+"And see, girls!" added Mrs. Fabian. "It has great heavy black borders on
+the outside. What for, Polly?"
+
+Polly turned over the sheet with utmost care, as it was so dry and
+brittle, and to the speechless astonishment of them all, it showed that
+the mourning bands were used for the death of George Washington. The
+entire front page was devoted to the news of his demise which had
+occurred the day before going to press. His fame, and value to the United
+States, were spoken of, and other features of his life were touched upon.
+His picture, printed from an old wood-cut, headed the page. All the
+spelling was such as was common at that time with the letter "e" tacked
+on when possible and the old English "f's" were used for "s's" and
+long-stemmed "p's," and high-browed "a's" and "i's," were formed to show
+readers that the writer and editor was a well-educated man.
+
+"Oh my! Must we fold it up and put it back of that board again?" sighed
+Polly, finally.
+
+"If you want a bargain, that is what you'd better do," returned Mrs.
+Fabian.
+
+"Maybe the picture is as old as the paper," ventured Polly.
+
+The thought of the picture had completely vanished from the mind of Mrs.
+Fabian when she saw the rare old newspaper; but now she quickly picked up
+the article and turned it over. The magnifying glass was once more
+brought to bear upon the subject, and after several minutes of
+inspection,--minutes of impatient hesitation on the part of the
+girls,--she looked up bewildered with her discovery.
+
+"Polly, this is really the missing picture that will complete the set
+that is on exhibition at the Metropolitan Museum, in New York. It is one
+of the famous color-prints made in France about the sixteenth century,
+and the subject is the famous Bridge at Avignon. This is worth thousands
+of dollars, dear, and I hesitate to tell you what to offer for it."
+
+Polly would have taken the rare picture out to the still sleeping man and
+offered him a sum that would have made him sit up and investigate the
+matter for himself. But clever Dodo advised another method.
+
+"If you offer more than the old frame is actually worth, when you say you
+will pay so much for the frames--he will see right off that there's a
+'nigger in the woodpile.' Let's tangle up a few of these old black-walnut
+frames with the two valuable pictures, and I'll bargain for you."
+
+"Better let Mrs. Fabian bargain--you know how she got the candle-sticks
+in exchange for a two-dollar 'bankit' lamp," Eleanor reminded them.
+
+"I'll do it, while you girls keep on poking about as if to find other
+things," declared Mrs. Fabian. "Here, Polly, let us fix this frame up
+exactly as it was before, and I'll take four out of the pile and place
+them, one on top of the other, upon this dresser, and then call the man
+out to quote me a price on the lot."
+
+This was carefully done, dust being shaken out of the old curtain so that
+the glass was again coated, and then dust was shaken over the back where
+the board had been removed and cleaned.
+
+A dreadful lithograph showing a string of fish, framed in a wide gilt
+affair, was one that was chosen for the group. An oval frame with a
+woman's photograph in it, was another selected. Then the four were
+arranged: The large engraving at the bottom, the fish next, then the
+little old relic, and on top, the oval frame. All four appeared dirty and
+insignificant as they lay on the top of the dresser; and to finish the
+work, Polly used the chenille rag to gather up as much dust as possible
+from the filthy floor, and shook it vigorously over all the frames. Such
+a choking and coughing as ensued made them separate in haste, for fear
+the noise would make the auctioneer come out to enquire.
+
+But he was too deeply concerned with some pleasant dream to awake to
+business, before his usual time for the afternoon siesta had ended, so
+Mrs. Fabian went out to rouse him.
+
+"Eh, what did you say?" exclaimed he, jumping up.
+
+"I want you to tell me how much are a few picture-frames which we found
+in a corner."
+
+"Oh, anything you like. How much do you think they are wuth?" was his
+reply.
+
+Mrs. Fabian smiled pleasantly. "That is not what I said. You are the
+salesman and I the buyer. You should state a price."
+
+"Um--ah!" yawned Mr. Van Styne at this, and stretched his arms out over
+his head. "I s'pose that ends my nap, eh?"
+
+He shuffled out of the office after Mrs. Fabian and went into the
+store-house. When he saw the girls poking about amongst the old chairs,
+bureaus, and motley collection of furniture, he laughed, and said:
+"That's right! Find all the old bargains you can. I'm your man to sell
+them cheap to you."
+
+Had he but known what he was about to do!
+
+Mrs. Fabian led him down to the corner where the pile of four pictures
+were waiting on the dresser, and said: "These are the four I want a price
+on. The frames are all in good order and the glasses are not cracked at
+all."
+
+Mr. Van Styne took a pair of old steel-rimmed specs from the vest-pocket
+over his heart, and pushed them upon his thin nose. He picked up the top
+oval frame, blew off the dust and laughed at the homely face that stared
+out at him. He turned to Mrs. Fabian with a twinkle in his eyes and said,
+jokingly:
+
+"Now, if that gal was your relation and you wanted her ugly photograph
+that bad, I'd say the hull thing was wuth a dollar to you. But seein'
+it's fifty year old, and you ain't near that, yet, I will sell her fer a
+quarter. The glass is wuth that, I reckon."
+
+He placed it face down beside the other three pictures. "Now this one,"
+taking up the rare old print with the newspaper packed in the back,
+"Ain't wuth a darn, so why do you pick it out?"
+
+"But the glass is the right size and will cost me more to order, than I
+can get it for of you," remarked Mrs. Fabian, anxiously, while the girls
+held their breath.
+
+The old auctioneer heard the note of anxiety in her tone and peered over
+his specs to study her guileless expression. She instantly guarded
+herself, when she saw his look, and so he saw only a nice lady who was
+now picking up the fish-picture.
+
+"And this dining-room picture; how much will you take for _it_. Why not
+give me a job-lot price and I'll see. I may as well pack four as two in
+the automobile."
+
+But Mr. Van Styne had not known there was an automobile; and he was
+wondering now, why people with a car should come in and pick out a few
+picture glasses to save money. He glanced over the last picture which was
+the large engraving, and then turned it over to look at its back.
+
+"That's a mighty big sheet of glass in that one. That glass alone, cost
+about a dollar-forty. Then the frame's a good hard-wood frame, too. I'll
+look up my books and see who sent them pictures in for sale. Then I can
+see if they put a figger on them."
+
+He made notes of the chalk numbers marked on the backs of the
+picture-boards and then started for his office. Mrs. Fabian, with sinking
+heart, followed at his heels.
+
+"If he looks up his records and finds they came from the old house of
+Paul Revere and his descendants, he will never sell them at a decent
+price," thought she, impatiently.
+
+She sat opposite the old man while he fumbled the pages of his book and
+slowly glanced down the entries, his bent fore-finger pointing to each
+item carefully as he read.
+
+"Um! Here it is: Number 329, came from Sarah Dolan, who moved to a
+smaller flat last Spring. From this entry I see that all them seven
+pictures came from her. Do you happen to know her?"
+
+Mr. Van Styne glanced up at his companion.
+
+She shook her head, and he said, closing the book, "Why, Sally Dolan was
+cook fer the Revere boys, and when they broke up, she started a bordin'
+house down on Morris Street. Then she took rheumatiz and was that
+crippled, she couldn't get about the kitchen no more, so she gave up. Her
+boys manage to keep her now, and she takes things easy. But she sure was
+a good cook!"
+
+Much as Mrs. Fabian would have liked to question the old man about the
+Revere boys she feared he might remember that the cook was given a lot of
+old pictures when the boys "broke up", so she turned the subject
+adroitly.
+
+"Well, I'll go and see what the girls have found out there, I guess. But
+I wish you'd fix a price on those four frames."
+
+"Lem'me see, now. Sal Dolan didn't set no price, and if I say five
+dollars for the four, would you take 'em?"
+
+"Dear me!" objected Mrs. Fabian, craftily. "The large one you said was
+worth about a dollar-thirty, and the fish-picture a dollar. That leaves
+two dollars and seventy cents for the other two. Isn't that pretty high
+for them?"
+
+"But that fish picture makes a fine dinin' room piece, especially if you
+could get the mate what is a brace of quails."
+
+"Oh well, rather than jew you down, I'll take them, if you will take the
+trouble to make me out a receipt for the four."
+
+"Ain't this a cash sale?" queried the man, wonderingly.
+
+"Of course, but two of them are for friends. I only intend keeping the
+other two. I want them, to have the bill to show, you see."
+
+Thereupon Mr. Van Styne wrote out the bill on a scrap of paper and
+receipted it, and then counted the five one dollar bills Mrs. Fabian had
+paid him. "Ten per cent fer me and the rest for Sally," he added as he
+rolled fifty cents inside four one dollar bills and pocketed the other
+fifty cents.
+
+Mrs. Fabian was about to go for the pictures, when Polly came out. "I
+want to ask the auctioneer how much this little box and mirror are?" and
+she showed a lovely little Empire dressing-mirror to him. It was
+scratched and had been varnished, but its former beauty could be quickly
+restored, for the form and material were good as ever.
+
+"I'm told that is a real antique. That piece come from the old Revere
+place, too. Mrs. Dolan says she heard it was used by the boy's
+grandmother. But I don't know what to charge."
+
+"I'll give you ten dollars for it," eagerly said Polly.
+
+"Ten dollars!" gasped the man, sinking back in his desk-chair.
+
+Mrs. Fabian tried to signal Polly, but the girl was too intent on
+securing the gem. Then Mrs. Fabian said to the man:
+
+"Dear me! The child has more money than brains, eh?" and laughed
+heartily.
+
+"I ain't so sure about that. She certainly knows a good thing," returned
+Mr. Van Styne. Then he said to Polly: "Will you carry it right along with
+you, if I sell it for ten?"
+
+"Of course!" declared she, and the sale was made.
+
+"I guess we'd better be going, Polly," suggested Mrs. Fabian, now. This
+told the girl that the deal over the pictures had been consummated, but
+she did not ask questions then.
+
+Mrs. Fabian went back to gather up her four precious pictures, and had
+the other girls help her carry them away. Then they bid the good old man
+good-by and started off.
+
+"Come again, when you have more time to poke around," said he, as he
+stood on the doorstep watching them walk towards the car which was
+waiting a short distance down the street.
+
+"We certainly will, and if you get anything really antique in the place
+at any time, drop me word, or telephone to the address I left on your
+desk, just now," said Mrs. Fabian.
+
+Once the hunters were safely on the way to New York, the girls importuned
+Mrs. Fabian to tell them the story of the pictures, but she laughingly
+remarked:
+
+"Do you know, we forgot all about our luncheon! Poor Carl must be
+famished!"
+
+"Not much," retorted Carl. "I went to that quick lunch-room across from
+the old junk-shop, and got the best dinner for forty cents that I ever
+tasted. But we will stop for a picnic, when we reach the country, if you
+say so."
+
+"No, indeed! We'll eat as we drive along, Carl," said Mrs. Fabian, then
+turning to the girls, she told the tale[A] of the old pictures and what
+she paid for them.
+
+"Why!" gasped the wondering girls. "It can't be possible!"
+
+At that, Mrs. Fabian produced the bill of sale and said: "I got this in
+case there ever should be any dispute over the legality of this
+negotiation. The two awful pictures we can give to some family along the
+road, but the two precious ones we will cherish as if they were the
+Koh-i-noor Diamond."
+
+When the Ashbys and Mr. Fabian heard the story, and saw the validity of
+the two pictures, they sat astounded. Mr. Fabian then said:
+
+"Polly really ought to immortalize her name by presenting this missing
+scroll to the Metropolitan Museum, but she can keep the letter and
+newspaper. That ought to be worth the price she paid for the 'glass'."
+
+"That's just what I'll do, Mr. Fabian. I would never feel happy if I
+_kept_ a thing that is considered so rare, and has been sought for by the
+Museum's collectors."
+
+So Polly Brewster's name is to be found ticketed as the donor of the
+twelfth valuable picture in that set.
+
+-----
+[Footnote A: True incident in author's experience.]
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+UNEXPECTED NEWS FROM PEBBLY PIT
+
+
+The young collectors experienced the usual "red-tape" in offering the
+rare picture to the Museum, and after the customary delays, it was
+accepted with letters of thanks. Individual letters from several
+officials were written to Polly and her friends, voicing the appreciation
+of the men at being able to complete the series.
+
+Shortly after this pleasing incident, the girls went out on another
+excursion just across the Hudson, in New Jersey. They took the ferry at
+One Hundred and Thirtieth Street, and after reaching Edgewater, drove
+through the small towns nestling on the Hackensack, until they came to
+the village of Hasbrouck Heights. All about this section are old, old
+houses, and if you hunt keenly enough, you will find delightful odd bits
+from Revolutionary days.
+
+That evening, upon their return, the girls were eager to compare their
+trophies of the day, but the maid came in with a day letter for Polly.
+The others waited for her to read it, and as she read, her expression
+changed perceptibly.
+
+"Oh, oh! It's happened again!" cried she fearfully, as she finished the
+letter.
+
+"What! What has happened?" anxiously asked her companions, crowding about
+her.
+
+"Another slide on Grizzly. This time it has destroyed _everything_ so
+that mining the gold is out of the question," and Polly gave the message
+to Mrs. Fabian to read aloud.
+
+"Bad land-slide on Grizzly. Demolished all machinery and wiped out the
+entire surface of mountain-top. No lives lost, but cave and vein of ore
+lost. Topography completely changed. Wait for summer to start new search
+and locate gold. Letter sent to Latimer and Dalken. Ask them for
+particulars. John Brewster."
+
+"Oh, Polly! That means that our gold mine has vanished, and all our
+income from it will be stopped!" cried Eleanor.
+
+"We haven't had any income to stop," replied Polly, cynically. "About all
+the good we've ever had from Choko's Find Mine has been violent physical
+exercise, expenses and the dreams that buoy hope."
+
+Her friends laughed in spite of the seriousness of the matter, and
+Eleanor added: "It also means that Daddy, and all of our New York
+investors, have lost the money they invested in the project."
+
+"Well, when Tom Latimer called on me the evening after our ducking in the
+Bay, he said he was not in favor of working on the mine so late in the
+season. He thought John was taking dreadful risks to keep the plant open
+when snowstorms and slides were imminent.
+
+"But John told him that plenty of snow was just what was needed on the
+peaks, to cement the chasms and crevices together that had been opened by
+the summer's heat and continued drought all Fall. In case no snow came,
+he said he would agree to abandon work when the cold weather became too
+severe to remain at that altitude."
+
+"This unexpected accident and loss of the mine does not prevent the
+output of the lava jewels, Polly, so there'll be no noticeable difference
+in your income, will there?" asked Mrs. Fabian.
+
+"Well, Tom explained it all to me. He said that mine affairs were so
+involved with the jewel works at Rainbow Cliffs, that one disaster
+affected the other interest. Rainbow Cliffs is part of Pebbly Pit Ranch,
+so the Cliffs were incorporated when work began on the mining of the
+lava. Then when trouble at Choko's Find Mine started, the mines at
+Rainbow Cliffs were mortgaged to secure financial aid for the gold mine
+on the mountains. So that everything is mixed up now in this calamity,"
+explained Polly, tearfully.
+
+Soon after this, the telephone rang. Mr. Latimer said he was coming to
+call, that evening, and Mr. Dalken wished to come in at the same time.
+Would the girls be home?
+
+Polly assured him they would, and also that he would be welcomed as she
+wished to hear about the important matters that he could fully explain to
+her.
+
+Soon after eight o'clock, therefore, Mr. Latimer and Mr. Dalken were
+announced. Polly and Eleanor--the latter had realized that maybe her
+future, because of this disaster to the mine would not be as luxurious as
+she had dreamed of--anxiously welcomed the two men. Polly lost no time in
+polite nothings, but asked, at once, about the conditions at the mines.
+
+"I see you have heard about the trouble?" ventured Mr. Latimer.
+
+"Yes, I received a long night letter from home, this afternoon. But they
+do not say whether there is anything left to pay my way in New York, or
+whether I ought to start for home," said Polly.
+
+Eleanor was shocked at her words. "Why, Polly, surely you have no dread
+of such being the case, just because our old gold mine is choked again?"
+
+"Don't you understand, Nolla, that starting work on the mine, and all the
+machinery for it, costs so much that not only is the lava mine involved,
+but the very ranch is risked. Maybe father will have to sell out his
+beloved farm and go away," explained Polly, with quivering lips.
+
+"Oh no, Polly," hastily came from Mr. Latimer. "We are all stock-holders
+in this venture, you know, and one man alone does not bear the costs of
+the mine and its losses. That is why Mr. Dalken and I came over, tonight,
+when we got word that John had written you. We feared you might not
+understand matters."
+
+"But I understand father, well enough, Mr. Latimer. He will never permit
+anyone to lose a penny because of him or his interests."
+
+"Maybe he won't, Polly, but this mining venture was as much our interest
+as yours, or your father's, remember. It seems gone, this time, but we
+must take our loss as courageously as we would our profits. Tom wired me
+to come and see you and explain that you need make no change in any of
+your plans, as everything would go on as usual at the ranch. He and John
+will devote all of their time to the Cliffs now, instead of dividing
+their attention between the two mines, as they have been doing,
+heretofore," explained Mr. Latimer.
+
+"But your mother wrote me, Polly," now said Mr. Dalken, "that finances
+would be rather strained for the next year, because of this tremendous
+outlay on the mines and no income; and the terrible drought that killed
+off so many head of cattle on the ranch this year, makes things look
+rather unpromising. I know how practical you are, and I thought it best
+to let you hear how matters stand. Your folks asked me not to mention it,
+because they wanted you to finish your studies here, and there are ample
+funds to pay for that. But I took it upon myself to warn you about going
+deeply into any antique purchases, in your auction fever."
+
+"I'm so glad you did, Mr. Dalken. As you say, I am not a silly child, and
+now that I know exactly how matters are at home, I will see if I cannot
+do something while studying in New York, to pay my own way," responded
+Polly, anxiously.
+
+"Oh, it isn't as bad as that, Child!" laughed Mr. Latimer; "but it is
+best for you not to buy in Fifth Avenue shops, or give away rare old
+bargains from the country."
+
+Polly smiled. "Mr. Latimer, this is what I propose doing to earn my
+expenses in New York. Instead of buying old objects for fun, I shall
+secure them to sell again and make money."
+
+"Poll is right! And I propose going with her as the partner in her first
+business venture!" declared Eleanor.
+
+"Where will you two girls find customers?" asked Mr. Dalken, admiring the
+way they accepted the news that their gold mine seemed wiped out for all
+time.
+
+"Oh, Polly'll find a way, never fear!" declared Eleanor with fervent
+faith in her friend's ability to accomplish things.
+
+"Yes, I'll get Mr. Ashby, first of all, to permit us to exhibit our goods
+in his 'odd room' and we'll pay him a commission for sales, just as other
+folks do who wish to exchange, or sell, their antiques," explained Polly.
+
+"Well, if you girls manage to find such valuable things as that famous
+missing picture that the Museum made such a time over, I should say you
+had found a big gold mine in New York instead of losing a little one in
+the Rockies," said Mr. Dalken.
+
+So, shortly after the girls learned that they had to economise on
+expenses that year, Polly carried her old coverlets to Mr. Ashby's shop
+and left them with him to sell. The fine little mirror had been restored
+and was perfectly beautiful. This was placed on exhibition in the Empire
+Room of the Ashby Shop, but scarcely had it had time to be friendly with
+other rare objects in that room, before it was purchased at a high price.
+Thus Polly cleared several hundred dollars on the first sale, and felt
+encouraged to invest that money in new purchases.
+
+Mr. Dalken gladly sent Carl with the car, to drive the girls whenever
+they heard of a place to visit, but Ruth and Nancy seldom accompanied
+them these days. Ruth had school to attend daily, and Nancy was painting
+a portrait for a famous stage beauty who had offered her an attractive
+price for the work.
+
+The girls, with Mrs. Fabian, had gone again to New Jersey, after their
+great investment that day in Van Styne's place; but they drove on to
+Baskingridge that day, and stopped at several ancient farm-houses to
+ferret for old things. At one of the places, they secured some very old
+glassware, also odd pieces of Staffordshire, and a well-nigh complete set
+of old Wedgewood dishes.
+
+At another house they got a set of old brass fire-irons and a crane with
+all the hangers and pots complete, just as it had been removed from the
+brick fire-place and thrown up in the attic.
+
+At the third house, Polly became enamored of a wonderful sampler, and
+several very old silhouettes--the latter, very different from the kind we
+are familiar with. As these old relics were in the attic and were
+considered valueless, she got them for a very small sum.
+
+While Polly was bargaining for these trifles, Eleanor was in the
+grandmother's room looking at several marvelous patch-work quilts. The
+old dame told Eleanor the story connected with each quilt; and one, the
+unusual one of silk pieces, as well as worsteds, patched in with calico,
+velvet and other odd materials, was said to be made of a collection of
+famous bits from gowns worn by the ladies of Revolutionary Days.
+
+How the old grand-dame ever came into possession of such a valuable
+quilt, was beyond Eleanor's comprehension. Then Polly and the house-wife
+joined her, and Polly was shown the quilt.
+
+"How very interesting," remarked she.
+
+"Yes, and I'll tell you how it came about," explained Mrs. Johnson.
+"We've always lived on this place, and when the Army passed this way, our
+folks helped out in all sorts of ways.
+
+"During the winter that General Washington and his Lady were stationed at
+Morristown, there was lots of doings all about the county. You'll read in
+the history of Lady Washington, how she was entertained by the first
+families about here--the Fords, the Footes, and others.
+
+"Our great-grandmother was a fine needlewoman and went about to the
+houses making gowns and cloaks for the ladies. She always saved the
+scraps of silk and stuff that was wasted, and of these she patched
+several quilts. On the back of each bit of these materials, she pasted
+little book-muslin tickets that had the name and date printed on it, of
+the lady and the occasion she wore the gown. So on the back of each of
+these pieces is still to be found the printing of that ancestress of
+mine."
+
+"Oh, isn't this interesting!" exclaimed Polly, eagerly.
+
+And Eleanor asked: "Where are the other quilts?"
+
+"We don't exactly know what happened to the others she made; but this one
+came right down from grandmother's mother to her, then to my mother, and
+now to me."
+
+"Would any price tempt you to sell it?" asked Polly.
+
+"Nothin' on earth, whiles I live. But I haven't any children, and
+goodness only knows what will become of the dear old heirloom. Why did
+you ask?"
+
+"How I would love to own it! Not for its value in money but really to
+hold it as a precious patriotic reminder of those days when the ladies,
+even though they dressed fine and had good times, performed such heroic
+and almost super-human deeds for the Army," explained Polly.
+
+Mrs. Johnson gazed keenly at the girl's face for a few moments, then
+said: "Tell me your name and address: I am going to write it out now,
+that this quilt is to be yours any time I die; and you must be as careful
+of it as we have been. Always keep tar-paper, or tobacco in it, during
+summer when moths fly about."
+
+Polly thanked the lady very seriously and promised to be most careful of
+it in every way, but she said she hoped Mrs. Johnson would live a long
+time to enjoy the quilt as her own family relic.
+
+On the drive back through Morristown that day, Mrs. Fabian had Carl stop
+at Mr. Van Styne's auction rooms, but the old man was not in, and the
+door was locked. A sheet of paper tacked inside the sash of the door,
+announced that the owner was at Parsippany numbering household goods for
+an auction to be held in two weeks' time.
+
+Mrs. Fabian made a note of the name and location of the house where the
+sale was to be held, and came back to the automobile. She showed the
+paper to the girls, and said:
+
+"We'll try to get out here for that sale. But I'll write Mr. Van Styne
+first, and ask him what sort of things the people have."
+
+"Yes, it would be silly to come so far and find the house contained
+nothing but horrid old modern stuff," said Eleanor.
+
+Arriving home, late that afternoon, Mrs. Fabian was given a letter sent
+from the old auctioneer at Morristown. He had kept his word and notified
+the young collectors of the sale about to be held at Parsippany: the sale
+they had heard about that day.
+
+"He says, in this letter," explained Mrs. Fabian after reading it, "the
+old farm-house where the vendue will take place, is filled with real old
+furniture; the family that owned the farm have held it for five
+generations. Mr. Van Styne admits that he is not enough of a connoisseur
+to judge the actual value of the antiques, but there are some mahogany
+pieces, and loads of queer old things that _his_ wife would have kept in
+the attic, or split up for kindlings. As he thinks this is what is now
+called 'Period Furniture,' he would suggest that we run out and have a
+look at it before the day of the sale."
+
+"The letter sounds exactly like him, doesn't it?" laughed Polly.
+
+"Yes, but it is very nice of him to be so honest about it. Most
+auctioneers would tell us the furniture was wonderful," returned Mrs.
+Fabian.
+
+"When do you think we can run out there, Mrs. Fabian?" asked Eleanor,
+eagerly.
+
+"We'll find out what day Carl can best arrange for the trip. We mustn't
+'drive a willing horse to death,' you know."
+
+Later in the evening, the telephone bell rang and Polly was called to the
+'phone. The maid who answered the ring said it was a man's voice but she
+had not been able to understand the name.
+
+Eleanor heard her chum say: "Oh, really! We've been wondering what became
+of you. It was so surprising to find you were an old friend of our Mr.
+Dalken's and then never hear from you again, or have anyone know where
+you had gone."
+
+Mrs. Fabian glanced questioningly at Eleanor, but the girl shook her head
+in token of her ignorance of who the caller could be. Then they heard
+Polly say: "Why, I reckon so. If you'll hold the wire a moment, I'll run
+and ask Mrs. Fabian."
+
+A few moments later, Polly rushed into the room and said eagerly: "Jack
+Baxter is on the 'phone and wants to know if he may come in, tomorrow
+evening, Mrs. Fabian. He says he has a little furniture commission for
+Nolla and me to take care of."
+
+Mrs. Fabian immediately replied that the young man would be welcomed the
+following evening, and Polly hurried back to deliver the invitation.
+Eleanor waited until she heard the conversation over the telephone
+resumed between the two, then she said to Mrs. Fabian:
+
+"I bet anything, that Jack Baxter is really in love with Polly! I watched
+him all that time, after he was formally introduced by Mr. Dalken, and he
+just hung on her every word and act."
+
+Mrs. Fabian smiled. "That is the usual experience the young men have with
+Polly. I think the very fact that she is unmindful of her attractions,
+coupled with her indifference to the attentions of the male sex, acts as
+a spur to them; each tries to see if she will not capitulate to his
+individual charms."
+
+Eleanor laughed. "You speak as if you believed the young men to be
+egotistical enough to _think_ they were charming."
+
+"They do, Nolla!" retorted Mrs. Fabian. "Every Adam's son firmly believes
+he is more alluring and attractive to a girl, than his friends. That is
+why they all follow tamely after a girl who has no time for them: they
+cannot believe it _possible_ that she is not overcome with their
+fascinations."
+
+Eleanor smiled as she listened, then she remarked: "I guess I'll try
+Polly's strategy and see if the beaus line up for me."
+
+"You have no need to experiment with any new tricks," replied Mrs.
+Fabian, warningly. "There are enough sighing young men already, waiting
+to break their hearts and necks, for a mere glance from those impish eyes
+of yours."
+
+Eleanor laughed merrily at her chaperone's words, but Polly's return to
+the room interrupted their little talk.
+
+"What do you think?" demanded Polly, as soon as she was in the room.
+
+Not giving them time to answer, she said: "Jack Baxter is going to
+furnish a bachelor apartment in the city, and says he is going to give
+Nolla and me the contract for doing it. It will be our very first work as
+interior decorators!"
+
+"Oh," gasped Eleanor, "how can we do it?"
+
+Polly looked amazed at such a question, and retorted: "Why, with money
+and brains, to be sure!"
+
+"Is that why he's coming tomorrow evening?" asked Eleanor.
+
+"Yes; he is now staying at Mr. Dalken's apartment, and both of them are
+coming over tomorrow. He says he has been West since we last saw him, and
+he stopped at Pebbly Pit to see the folks, on his way back from the
+Coast. That is why he has not been heard from--he was called away so
+suddenly, and just got back today."
+
+"I wonder why he took all the trouble to go to Pebbly Pit?" said Eleanor.
+"He didn't know a soul there!"
+
+"That's what I asked him, and he says he will tell us all about it
+tomorrow night," explained Polly.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+POLLY'S FIRST CONTRACT
+
+
+Promptly at eight, Jack Baxter and Mr. Dalken were announced to Polly and
+Eleanor. The Fabians had gone to the Opera and Mr. Dalken was supposed to
+act as chaperone for the evening.
+
+"This is a new experience for me," laughed he, "but not one that I
+dislike. In fact, I will be glad to offer my services in the same
+capacity, at any time, for you girls."
+
+"Better beware how you offer yourself on such an altar," teased Polly,
+trying to appear calm and composed, whereas she was keyed up to hear
+about the proposed work young Baxter wished them to do for his new
+apartment.
+
+Eleanor deemed it wise to mention another subject first, so she asked:
+"How long were you at Pebbly Pit, Mr. Baxter?"
+
+"That's one of the reasons we came over to see you," interpolated Mr.
+Dalken. "Jack has a lot to tell you about the troubles there."
+
+"What troubles?" wondered Polly. "You don't mean the land-slide, do you?"
+
+"We know about that," added Eleanor.
+
+"You only heard the first news of it. But you never knew what followed
+that first event," returned Mr. Dalken. "I've known how things stood for
+a short time, but I talked it over with the Latimers, and we decided to
+let Jack go West with Mr. Alexander, and investigate matters for
+themselves."
+
+"Dodo's father! What has he to do with it?" asked both girls in surprise.
+
+"More than we can ever appreciate. Because he is such an experienced old
+miner, having spent years in the Klondike, and later, down in the
+Colorado mining districts, his going to Pebbly Pit was the best thing
+that ever happened to our company. Jack had just decided to invest a
+great deal of his capital in the joint companies, so he decided to
+accompany Alexander and see for himself how the land lay."
+
+"And what was Mr. Alexander's verdict?" asked Polly.
+
+"Listen to Jack's story of what happened on the mountain, that early
+morning. It is as thrilling as anything I ever heard," said Mr. Dalken.
+
+"I'd have given anything to have been on the spot when that old peak
+divided her earthly substance," laughed Jack. "But even the telling of it
+by Tom Latimer and John Brewster, was so exciting that I tried every way
+possible to reach the mountain where the awful avalanche took place.
+
+"Tom had felt a tremor run along the side of the peak the night before,
+and had warned John that old Grizzly was ripping mad again. So the two of
+them rode along the Crest where those claim-jumpers were buried the time
+that other avalanche occurred, and they saw that Grizzly Slide had broken
+up great masses of ice-field, and on the far side where it drops suddenly
+to the valley, thousands of feet below, a great block of ice and rock had
+fallen from the top-side and had rolled down, destroying everything in
+its terrific plunge.
+
+"Both boys were satisfied that it was only a matter of time before the
+gaping crevices showing on the side towards the gold mine, would widen
+and the top-mass begin to move. It was impossible to say whether a slide
+would happen on the cave-side or roll down one of the gulleys on either
+side of the mine. But the two of them made up their minds that everyone
+must move from the camp without delay, and seek safety.
+
+"Orders were given to strike camp at once, and the men worked all night,
+packing away outfits and tools, and such machinery as could be moved
+inside the cave. Then the mouth was closed against winter storms, and
+they started, on their horses, to ride along Top Notch Trail, on the down
+trip.
+
+"It was almost noon when they left the mine, and by two o'clock they
+halted on one of the crests to cook dinner. The horses were hobbled where
+a patch of Buffalo grass provided good pastureage, and Rattlesnake Mike
+started a fire to cook the meal. Tom and John got out their tackle to
+catch a few trout, when a fearful roll of thunder sounded along the
+crest.
+
+"'She come down, pooty queeck!' exclaimed Mike, startled out of his usual
+calmness.
+
+"'Do you mean Old Grizzly?' Tom asked him.
+
+"But before he could reply, there was such a crash and roar, and the
+whole ground shook under their feet as if an earthquake had caused it.
+Everyone stood aghast looking at what had been snow-capped Grizzly but a
+moment before. So astonished were the men that they couldn't speak.
+
+"The roar and tumult continued so seemingly close at hand, that the men
+ran for their horses, and would have ridden down the trail had not Mike
+laughed and applied a match to the kindling, just as if nothing was
+happening above them on Grizzly Slide. It instantly quieted the fears of
+the others, and they turned again to wait for further events.
+
+"Tom Latimer says, that what caused such a panicky feeling in them all,
+was the fact that one moment they had seen the glistening cap of Old
+Grizzly, and the next, it was gone, and a great cloud of flying white
+particles hid the scene for a time.
+
+"The terrific detonation they heard immediately after the peak's snow-cap
+rolled down the mountain-side, was caused by the mass of rock, ice, snow
+and general débris, striking the ground below. How far it fell before
+striking, they could not say, but Mike claims it must have been hurtled,
+from the peak of Grizzly, to the great gulch that runs along its lower
+side, about five thousand feet below--all that distance before landing
+and filling the ravines about that section.
+
+"All the way down, from Grizzly Gulches to the bottoms that run along
+Bear Forks branches, the avalanche tore up trees, boulders, moraine, and
+other heavy matter, that generally forms a dam for smaller slides than
+this one was. But this time, entire forests were shoved along, still
+standing, just like a great cake of icing with fancy frosting of colored
+sugar on top of it, is pushed off from a slice of birthday cake, when the
+knife loosens it. The moment any part of this avalanche came up against a
+cliff, or rolled over into vast ravines, that much of the sliding forest
+tumbled up against itself, or fell into the gulch to instantly fill up
+the cleft and cause the remaining slide to roll over it.
+
+"The end of that avalanche did not come until it reached the valley of
+Bear Forks, just below Pebbly Pit ranch. If your home had not been snugly
+located up in that crater, but had been down in the valley by the river,
+it would have been completely covered with the tons of trash that still
+remained after having rolled for miles, and finally worn itself out on
+the banks of the stream.
+
+"All the branches of Bear Forks that start up on the side of the
+mountain, are choked, and the waters rushed in every direction, starting
+smaller slides by up-rooting trees and loose stones and shale.
+
+"The miners followed Mike's example, and ate a hearty dinner, although
+they were all crazy to ride back and ascertain the extent of the damage
+caused. Mike was for their going quietly on home, but not one of the
+others would agree to this. So they turned back and rode as far as the
+trail was passable. But they could not climb over the great mass of
+débris that was piled up, shortly after leaving Four Blaze Tree. And the
+queer sensation of not seeing the old familiar top on Grizzly Peak,
+unnerved them for further adventure that day.
+
+"They got home past midnight, to hear the account of what happened as
+witnessed by Anne, and Mr. and Mrs. Brewster.
+
+"At the first rolling of the slide, Anne ran out of the ranch-house and
+watched anxiously, as she knew the men were up at the mine. She saw such
+a strange sight that she rubbed her eyes to make sure she was not
+dreaming. She says, she saw the top of Old Grizzly break right off as if
+someone had cleft it at a given point down from the peak. And this
+gigantic mass of ice, still glittering in the sun-rays, toppled down
+until she heard the crash and roar and felt the earth shake under her
+feet even at that great distance from the Peak that the ranch was.
+
+"The ranch-house and the out-buildings shook as in a quake, and caused
+everyone to run toward the terrace that runs along the edge of the
+crater. There they stood watching clouds of snow float up over the
+forests that, one moment were to be seen, and the next were moving
+swiftly down the mountain sides.
+
+"The folks feared the men at the mine had been killed, as the avalanche
+was the greatest they had ever heard of in that vicinity, so Mr. Brewster
+rode madly to Oak Creek to get some men to go with him to see if any
+signs of his boys could be found.
+
+"They met them at Lone Pine Blaze, and Tom said that John's father sat
+still and sobbed like a child, with relief at finding everyone in his
+mining-party safe.
+
+"So, Miss Polly, the gold mine is closed by Nature, for untold repairs.
+Whether this generation will ever locate the ore and dig out the tools
+and machinery buried in the cave, remains to be seen. But I was so
+infatuated with life in the Rockies during the short visit I had there,
+that I determined to put in all the cramming at college that was
+possible, and finish my education so I could go out there to join Tom
+Latimer and John Brewster in their exciting engineering work."
+
+When Jack had concluded his story, the girls seemed rather downcast at
+the knowledge that their little mine was gone, but Mr. Dalken said to
+young Baxter:
+
+"You may as well tell them about the Cliffs, and have all the mourning
+over at one time."
+
+Polly glanced anxiously from Mr. Dalken to Jack, and then at Eleanor, but
+the young man explained without waiting longer: "All the miners working
+at Rainbow Cliffs went on a big strike shortly after the calamity on
+Grizzly Slide, and so unreasonable were their demands that Mr. Brewster
+refused to grant them. That stopped work on the lava jewels, too, and
+everything is closed down until next year. Of course, while there is no
+work going on, there are no wages to pay, but there is also no income
+from the vast amount of money invested in machinery."
+
+"Dear me, then really, I am a pauper for the time being," exclaimed
+Polly, but not in a distressed tone as one would expect after such dire
+news.
+
+"Your mother told me most emphatically, that that was _not_ the case.
+Everyone at Pebbly Pit seems to want you to continue with your studies
+until you have finished; and your father said there was a tidy fortune in
+a Denver bank for you, so that no matter what happened to others, you
+were amply provided for. With your business that you wish to take up, you
+will not have to worry over the future," explained Jack Baxter.
+
+Eleanor remembered that Mr. Dalken had invested heavily in these two
+Pebbly Pit ventures, and now she turned to him.
+
+"Will everyone connected with those two mines lose a great deal of
+money?"
+
+"Your father, the Latimers, the Evans', myself and John Brewster hold
+equal shares of stock, but Polly's father holds twice as much as anyone
+else, for he holds Polly's stock as her guardian as well as his own. The
+Montresor Estate, representing the heirs of Kenneth's uncle who first
+discovered the mine on Grizzly, and then willed it to Polly who later
+re-discovered the same vein of ore in the cave, hold the same number of
+shares in the stock-company as either of us, although they did not
+furnish any cash for their stock.
+
+"Now Ebeneezer Alexander told Jack to tell us, that he simply could not
+stand city-life another day. And, after enjoying the freedom and open
+life of the Rockies again, he was determined to stay at Pebbly Pit and
+see the tangle worked out. His experience will be most valuable to Tom
+and John, who are only young engineers, after all. And Mr. Brewster is a
+stock-grower with no knowledge of mining. So we think it is a good plan
+to let Mr. Alexander take up some of our shares, and sell him an interest
+in the future of these mines.
+
+"If anyone can pull Choko's Find Mine out of the grave it is buried in,
+old Ebeneezer can do it. He has such energy and perseverance that nothing
+daunts him--excepting big cities."
+
+"And titles!" added Eleanor, making her friends laugh.
+
+"Oh, I'm glad to hear he will stay there to help. I like him so much!"
+declared Polly.
+
+"Well, now that most of our evening was given to the story about the
+land-slide on Grizzly, how much time am I to be given for the furnishing
+of my apartment?" asked Jack Baxter.
+
+"Just talking about it won't furnish it," retorted Polly, smilingly.
+
+"No, but we can get at first principles, can't we?"
+
+"Yes; if both sides know on what basis each wishes to start!" said
+Eleanor.
+
+"I know my side of it, and I really think you girls know yours. This is
+my basis: I have two large rooms and bath near Fifth Avenue, that I want
+a decorator to do in keeping with the style of the rooms. I don't care
+where or how you get the items for furnishing, but I'd like some of the
+fun of going about with you when you visit odd corners of the country to
+dig up the antiques."
+
+"If you waste your time that way, how do you expect to finish a hurried
+education in engineering?" asked Polly.
+
+"Oh, furnishing won't last long, and studying will."
+
+"If Mr. Dalken is a conscientious executor of your estate I should think
+he'd forbid your wasting any time hunting up furniture and hiring
+decorators to do it for you, at the same time," teased Eleanor.
+
+Mr. Dalken laughed and said: "I always said 'All work and no play makes
+Jack a dull boy.'"
+
+"Well, Jack can work for two whole weeks before he gets any play, as far
+as going to a sale is concerned. There will be no sale, that we know of,
+until the old house at Parsippany is sold in two weeks," explained Polly.
+
+"I won't have to wait as long as that, I hope, for my apartment. I'm
+paying rent on it already, and am stopping with Mr. Dalken as his guest,
+until I get a bed and a chair."
+
+"But I thought you wanted to furnish by going to the sales of antiques,"
+ventured Polly.
+
+"I did, but I want to go to one tomorrow. Can't you girls contract to
+escort me to places in the city where we can get things without waiting?"
+
+"As far as that is concerned, we can take you right over to the Ashby
+Shop and find everything on earth you can use, right in his collections,"
+said Polly.
+
+"I wanted to feel that you two girls were getting this contract and the
+profits, and not a famous establishment," demurred Jack.
+
+"We'll have the contract, all right, but we will only buy what we need
+from Mr. Ashby, at regular discount, you know," explained Eleanor in a
+business-like manner.
+
+Mr. Dalken smiled indulgently on his two young friends who had developed
+such marvelous aptitude for business since their trip abroad that summer.
+And young Baxter concluded with: "All right; tomorrow, you girls get Mrs.
+Fabian, and come over to my rooms to get your 'atmosphere.' Then we'll
+start in and shop."
+
+So the next ten days were filled with a great many visits to the
+apartment to determine certain colors and styles of things, and with a
+great deal of important conferring between the client and the decorators.
+But eventually, the apartment was almost ready for its occupant, and
+three young people declared that the decorating was a work of art--simply
+perfect! And it did not cost so _very_ much, either! Mr. Dalken reserved
+his opinion on costs, however, and laughed in his sleeve at Baxter, for
+the latter had no more need of an apartment than a cat has for two tails.
+It was a whim of his to give the girls a contract, and Jack could afford
+whims, so his guardian said nothing about the bills.
+
+"Well, I must say," said Polly the day after Jack held a "house-warming"
+in his newly furnished domain, "I never saw ten days go by as fast as
+these did. Here we are almost on top of that sale in the country, and it
+seems like yesterday that we got the announcement."
+
+"It shows how much we really love our profession," said Eleanor, "when we
+get so much pleasure out of work."
+
+But Dodo was present at some of the conferences the two amateur
+decorators held with Jack and she now remarked: "Work! did you two think
+that going about in Jack's sporty car and lunching at swell dining-rooms,
+or holding up a strip of gold-gauze to watch the sheen on your hand, was
+hard work?"
+
+Mrs. Fabian laughed to herself at the conversation. But Polly answered
+with an experienced air: "When you have had years of study in decorating,
+like Nolla and I have had, you will find that work is not altogether a
+physical effort. At present, in your apprenticeship, you do more than you
+saw us do in furnishing, but you'll learn, some day!"
+
+Dodo tossed her head confidently, and remarked: "I have nothing more to
+learn--if your knowledge is the acme of the understanding of your trade."
+
+As no reply was given this statement, Mrs. Fabian hurried from the room
+to laugh quietly to herself at the egotism of youth. Later when Mr. Ashby
+was told the story, he said:
+
+"When they have been at the profession for thirty years, and have
+acquired all the knowledge that I have in that time, they will begin to
+learn that we all know very little of harmony and perfect ideals in
+decorating."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+THE PARSIPPANY VENDUE
+
+
+It was a lovely late Fall day when Carl brought Mr. Dalken's car around
+to the Fabian's residence to drive the girls to the Parsippany sale. Jack
+Baxter was seated beside Carl and announced to the girls as they came out
+with Mrs. Fabian: "I'm invited to go with you."
+
+"Who asked you?" was the rejoinder from both girls.
+
+"Carl did. He gets tired of chauffing for hours without rest. So I
+offered to help him out."
+
+Of course, Carl's uncomfortable flush showed that Jack was joking, but he
+was a welcome addition to the small party, so they started off, a merry
+quartette.
+
+As there had been no time to drive out, so far, to inspect the household
+goods for sale, it had been postponed until the day of the sale. Mrs.
+Fabian said that should there be nothing desirable at the old house, they
+could go on and have another hunt about the country.
+
+But the sale promised to be an interesting one, for the moment the girls
+found out that the house they were looking for was an old Colonial
+two-story farm-house, with wings at each side, they felt sure of its
+contents being worth-while.
+
+They parked the car out in a large carriage-house and walked over to the
+front door. It was a true type, with sunburst window over the door, and a
+wonderful old knocker on the front panel of the door. A narrow high
+window at each side had diamond panes in them. There was a dear little
+hood over the doorway that someone called a "rain-shed." And on each side
+of the "stoop" which was reached by three steps, was a high-backed wooden
+seat, with funny low arms at the outer ends.
+
+The windows of the entire house were filled with small-paned sash, the
+glass being green and wavy in some panes, and as cloudy as mist in
+others. Then again other panes were of really clear white glass. The city
+visitors found later, that these old panes were the original old glass
+set in by the first owner.
+
+But they did not come to admire the outside, so they all went indoors to
+look about. They entered upon a tiny entry.
+
+The front parlor was a small band-box-like room with a chimney piece at
+one side, and a stove-pipe hole in it for winter use. Alongside the
+chimney was a narrow cupboard that was meant to hold books, or other
+things, to keep the parlor from being "cluttered up."
+
+Directly opposite the chimney was a long, high-backed settee, with
+haircloth covering. The frame was old mahogany and the shape hinted at
+Chippendale, with its six feet having beautiful lines, and the side arms
+curving graciously out to invite one to be seated.
+
+In this best room were, also, several rush-bottomed stencilled chairs,
+and a Boston Rocker. An inlaid Hepplewhite table stood against the wall
+between the two front windows, with its drop-leaf raised against the
+wall. A number of old pieces of brass and pewter stood on the table. Over
+it hung an early Georgian mirror but the reflection one got when gazing
+into it was terrifying.
+
+From the parlor, the collectors went to the long living-room that
+occupied one wing of the house. Here was a great open fire-place with
+crane, and everything used in olden times for keeping a fire in good
+order. Over the mantel hung a wonderful old mirror with a colored picture
+of Washington crossing the Delaware in its upper panel.
+
+A rare Empire table with both leaves up, stood in the middle of the room,
+and Polly instantly made up her mind to own that table, if nothing more
+that day.
+
+As they went about admiring the antiques, Jack said: "Gee! But I'm sorry
+we furnished the apartment so soon. What a lot of fine things we might
+have had at this sale."
+
+And Eleanor laughingly remarked: "Sell your flat out like so many New
+Yorkers do, and start in again on another."
+
+In the low-ceiled, wide dining-room, they found the typical round
+mahogany table with twelve chairs--two arm and ten side chairs. The seats
+were covered with rep, but must have had haircloth on them at one time.
+The backs were very low and curved away from the small of the back in a
+frightened manner. There was but one cross-piece in the back and that was
+curved also.
+
+The side-board was nearly eight feet long, with six claw feet, and a high
+top. On it stood a tea-caddy of mahogany, a knife-box, and several silver
+boxes. All of them must have been over a hundred years old. Very old
+china and glassware stood on the large table, ready to be sold. The
+collectors saw many desirable pieces there, but they were too anxious to
+visit the upstairs to stop, then, and examine the plates and other
+pieces.
+
+There were four large square rooms on the second floor and in each one,
+stood a wonderful four-poster bed--two with canopy-tops and two without.
+Empire work-tables were in two rooms, and besides the high chests of
+mahogany drawers, and low dressing-tables with tiny front drawers to hold
+the comb and brush, there were also ottomans, foot-stools, and ornamental
+pieces. Mirrors hung over each mantel, and old-fashioned prints and
+paintings were on the walls.
+
+By the time Mrs. Fabian and the girls went downstairs again, they were
+dumbfounded to find that a farm-house so near to Morristown and railroad
+stations, should have preserved such a wonderful lot of old mahogany
+furniture without having been discovered by collectors. But being
+strangers to the other people now gathering for the sale, they did not
+speak of their wonderment.
+
+Mr. Van Styne was late, and as soon as he arrived he began in the
+kitchen, without any greeting to his followers. There seemed to be a far
+different type of buyer at this sale, than the girls had found at any of
+the little sales in Westchester; and once the auctioneer began on the
+antique pieces, the prices ran up alarmingly.
+
+"That man standing over there just paid a hundred and sixty dollars for
+that Colonial secretary," whispered Polly, annoyance expressed in her
+tone for she had been bidding on the same piece.
+
+"He doesn't look as if he had sixty cents in his purse," said Eleanor,
+scornfully.
+
+A lady standing beside her, looked at the buyer and smiled. "That man is
+one of the buyers of one of the largest antique collectors in New York."
+
+"He is!" gasped Eleanor.
+
+"Who is the collector?" asked Polly, but the woman saw a little Toby put
+up for sale, just then, and she wanted to bid on it, so Polly never
+heard.
+
+Anything that could boast of being a hundred years old, or more, brought
+fabulous prices, and the girls were amazed to hear names that they had
+read of in the columns of the New York papers, called out by the cashier,
+but never dreamed they would come face to face with the owners thereof.
+
+Jack Baxter spied a woman he knew, and finally brought her over to meet
+Mrs. Fabian and the girls. This lady was a social leader in the City, and
+furnished much interesting information to her new acquaintances, about
+others present who were buying.
+
+That sale taught Polly that it was not always the farm-houses that
+furnished the rarest bargains at a sale, especially when that farm was in
+proximity to a well-known residential suburb. But she also found that not
+everyone who attends a public sale, and bids anxiously, knows the value
+of what they are bidding on.
+
+Thus it transpired, that she secured several of the finest antiques in
+the house, because others knew nothing of their true records or had
+overlooked the objects because of their unattractive finish or form.
+
+Jack furnished much amusement to his friends by bidding on everything the
+girls did not want. And the most amusing part of it was, he seldom
+secured a thing he bid on. He finally grew so desperate in his bidding,
+because Polly laughed at his luck, that the people frowned upon him as
+being a "professional capper."
+
+Mr. Van Styne overheard that remark and was furious.
+
+"I want you all to know that I am an honest auctioneer! I never had a
+booster in my life, and I've sold for nigh onto fifty years. That
+nice-looking young man you call a 'capper' is a friend of some friends of
+mine from New York, out here to buy antiques. To prove it to you-all,
+that young lady there, next the young man, is the one who gave the
+'Metropolitan' the rare print she found in my shop. So there! I reckon
+that will hold you, for a time!"
+
+The surprise felt by the buyers at this news about Polly, was instantly
+followed by a general laugh at the auctioneer's final remark to them.
+Baxter laughed at the interruption, but Polly felt very uncomfortable
+with so many eyes turned her way. Mr. Van Styne, never dreaming of having
+made personal remarks, now continued his sale.
+
+The antique furniture in the upstairs chambers brought higher prices than
+Polly had seen similar pieces on sale at the antique shops in New York,
+and she wondered still more that a country auction should bring forth
+buyers who were willing to pay such high prices.
+
+Finally, feeling sure that there were no more bargains for them that day,
+Polly led the way downstairs. Young Baxter tried to persuade her to
+remain and try for a high-boy she had admired, but she refused to give
+the high bids demanded. So Jack stayed when the others left the room.
+
+Down on the side-porch, while waiting for Carl to come from the carriage
+sheds, a well-dressed lady accosted Polly.
+
+"I heard the auctioneer say you presented a rare print to the Museum in
+New York City. I should be pleased to hear about it."
+
+She handed Polly a card. Upon reading the name of one of the best known
+amateur collectors in New York, Polly forgot to reply. Mrs. Fabian smiled
+and spoke for her, to give her time to recover from her surprise. After
+introducing the girls, Mrs. Fabian mentioned the fact that Polly and
+Eleanor took advantage of every sale in or about the City, in order to
+familiarize themselves with such articles as they would need in their
+profession.
+
+"Oh, are you studying this line of work?" asked the lady, deeply
+interested at once.
+
+"Yes, we have given several years to the study, already, and last Summer
+we went abroad to visit the best known places where antiques and
+collections were to be seen," replied Polly.
+
+"Well then, my dears, this is my lucky day. I want someone to do this
+sort of work for me, but I want only such interested individuals who love
+the collecting for itself, and not alone for wages. Also, I want someone
+who can tell a Sheraton piece from Empire. If you girls will accept a
+proposition from me, I will be glad to talk it over, some morning, with
+you."
+
+Polly smiled and said: "If your orders do not interfere with our studies
+and other work, we will gladly accept the work."
+
+So, by the time Jack Baxter hurried down the stairs, Polly and Eleanor
+had made a new connection with one of New York's social leaders. Jack
+looked about for his friends, for a moment, and then smiled in surprise
+as he rushed forward.
+
+"Why, Mrs. Courtney! I am delighted to see you here. Did you just
+arrive?"
+
+"Well, if it isn't Jack Baxter! No, my boy, I came out this morning
+thinking this was a _bona fide_ antique sale. To my disgust, I found it
+was 'fixed' by a clever dealer from the city, who chooses just such
+suburban towns as are famous for its millionaire residents, then he plans
+a campaign. He was wise enough, this time, to engage Mr. Van Styne to do
+the selling for him, as the old man is so popular with the people of his
+town, and he is a splendid auctioneer, at the same time."
+
+Polly was dumbfounded. "Do you mean to say that anyone would take the
+trouble to ship out all these antiques, so far from the city, just to
+catch a lot of buyers?"
+
+Mrs. Courtney laughed. "Of course, my dear. People will take any amount
+of trouble to make a few extra dollars. This dealer owns his own trucks,
+and why not let them put in a day's work carting a load of furniture
+here, if he can get twice as much for his goods as in New York? All he
+has to do, is to find the right type of old house conveniently near the
+city for motoring and large enough to show off his wares to the best
+advantage. This man is clever enough, too, to select only such places as
+are rich with Revolutionary lore, and near enough to the estates of the
+rich to be an attraction to owners to come. Then he mails announcements
+to his city clientele, also. That is how I heard of the sale."
+
+Jack frowned angrily. "I suppose that darned old high-boy I just bought
+for a top-notch figure, could have been purchased at this man's city shop
+for half the price! Now I have to pay to have it crated and shipped back
+to New York."
+
+"Oh, this 'fixer' will move it back in his trucks for a neat sum," said
+Eleanor.
+
+Her companions laughed. Polly then reminded him: "I said _not_ to bid on
+it! I knew it would go too high for us to bother with."
+
+Carl now drove up to the house, and Mrs. Courtney bid them good-day,
+having reminded Polly that she and Eleanor were to telephone her at their
+first opportunity.
+
+Polly could not help speaking of the "fixed" sale of antiques, and
+Eleanor said: "That is why everything brought such awfully high prices.
+The articles must have had a set price on them to begin with, and when
+Mr. Van Styne offered a thing, the dealer was there to run it to a figure
+beyond the given price on the books. I am surprised that the old
+auctioneer would do such a thing."
+
+"I don't believe he knew the sale was what we call 'padded'; for he seems
+too conscientious a man to lend himself to such a deception," remarked
+Mrs. Fabian.
+
+"If he was just hired to sell the stuff, regardless of how it got out to
+Parsippany, and told to follow book-orders, he had no choice, had he?"
+asked Polly.
+
+"He looks such an honest old fellow, I don't believe he even knew the
+goods came from a New York dealer. Just because he _is_ so honest, is one
+reason why people who knew him will listen to his advice and for the same
+reason a clever New York dealer would hire him. I wouldn't be surprised,
+if you girls hear from him, some day, to the effect that he is shocked to
+learn that this sale was not on the level as far as the yarn went," said
+Jack.
+
+"Well, I'd feel better if he did. I really feel hurt, now, to think he
+might be as tricky as that other dealer," said Polly.
+
+"But it would not be called 'tricky,' Polly, in clever business circles,"
+said Mrs. Fabian.
+
+"Maybe not, but to me it looks a lot like selling goods under false
+representations. I'd rather not sell anything than have to sell that
+way."
+
+"When you come right down to 'brass tacks' and study out the whole scheme
+of things, Polly, we might be accused of tricky works, too," remarked
+Eleanor.
+
+"What do you mean?" demanded Polly, astonished.
+
+"Well, when you think of how we got that pair of old candle-sticks in
+exchange for a brass lamp! We had no lamp to exchange, but Mrs. Fabian
+rushed off to a store and got one. Then there were those old pictures at
+Van Styne's. We were afraid he'd suspect them of being valuable, so we
+dusted them well again, as they had been originally, and placed them with
+two others to make a 'job lot' of them, to hide the facts about them."
+
+"But," remonstrated Polly, "the lady who had no use for the candle-sticks
+_did_ want a brass lamp the worst way. And Sally Dolan, who never
+appreciated the pictures when she had them, _did_ appreciate the money we
+paid for them--while we appreciated the old things other folks failed to
+value."
+
+"Polly is right, there, Nolla," added Mrs. Fabian. "I do not see a trick
+in giving a person exactly what they ask for a thing--whether they realize
+the true value of it, or not. That is their affair. In Law, the Judge says
+there is no excuse or cause, for mitigating a sentence because the
+prisoner claims he was ignorant of consequences of a deed. So it is in
+other lines: Ignorance can never claim excuse from consequences--whether
+it be a sale of a candle-stick or a piece of old land that turns out to
+have gold on it."
+
+"Then I should say, ignorance on the part of the buyers at this vendue,
+exonerates the dealer from all blame," said Eleanor.
+
+"Legally it does, but we were thinking of the moral," explained Mrs.
+Fabian.
+
+When the collectors reached the Fabian house, Jack seemed loath to go on,
+so Mrs. Fabian invited him in to have a bite with them at an informal
+dinner.
+
+It had been plainly evident for some time, that the only interest Jack
+Baxter had taken in furnishing his apartment, or in going about to hunt
+out old antiques, was because it gave him plenty of opportunities to be
+with Polly. And as is often the case, when one is completely absorbed in
+a pursuit, Polly was the last one to suspect the truth of this.
+
+But he forgot discretion that evening, at dinner, and permitted too much
+of his attention to be directed Polly's way. Even this might have been
+overlooked had not an interruption occurred while at the table.
+
+The telephone bell was heard, and shortly afterward, the maid came around
+to Polly's side and said:
+
+"A Mr. Latimer on the wire, Miss Polly."
+
+Eleanor was all interest at once: "Can it be Jim, or Tom, I wonder?"
+
+Polly was excusing herself at the moment, but turned to add: "You know
+very well that Tom has his hands full at the mines."
+
+Eleanor flushed, for she had almost given away a secret that Paul had
+told her in his last letter. Thus far she had kept quiet about the
+confidence.
+
+Polly ran from the room, and Jack Baxter scowled at his plate. Mr. Fabian
+smiled at his face and tried to engage him in conversation. But Polly's
+continued absence annoyed the youth, so that he lost his appetite, and,
+in fact, all interest in any subject started.
+
+Polly skipped back after a time, her face wreathed in smiles. "You will
+never guess who I was talking to?"
+
+Everyone but Jack pretended not to know, but he blurted out: "When I was
+out at the ranch, that Tom Latimer said something about coming East for
+the Winter months--as long as Alexander proposed to stay out there and
+take a hand in the work."
+
+"Why, this is the first word you've said about it," said Polly, amazed.
+
+"Had I known you were so deeply interested in the plans of young Latimer,
+I would have told you immediately," said Jack, with sarcasm born of
+jealousy in his voice.
+
+Polly refused to answer him, and immediately asked Mrs. Fabian to excuse
+her from dinner as she wished to dress for the evening.
+
+The rest of the family finished the meal with the uncomfortable sense of
+Jack's having lost caste in Polly's estimation. He felt it himself, and
+it certainly did not tend to make him more agreeable that evening.
+
+As soon after dinner as could be politely managed, Jack spoke of a
+theatre engagement and excused himself. His hostesses felt easier when
+the door slammed upon him, for they dreaded having Tom announced while
+his rival was there, and then have the whole evening spoiled by both
+young men glowering at each other.
+
+While Eleanor and Nancy ran upstairs to dress for the evening, the former
+whispered: "If Tom remains in New York all this winter, I bet he'll _get_
+Polly before he goes back to the mines, or else he'll 'cook his goose'
+for all time!"
+
+Nancy laughed merrily, and said: "No goose will be cooked if Polly knows
+it! But I'll wager you a box of candy, Nolla, that Tom will _not_ get his
+girl before he goes back to the mines."
+
+"All right, Nanc! That's a wager; a five-pound box of the best _bon
+bons_, that Tom and Polly will be engaged before the end of this winter
+season!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+TOM MEANS BUSINESS
+
+
+Polly's friends had not completed their dressing when Tom was announced,
+but she was waiting in the cozy library; so Tom crossed the long formal
+parlor in a few strides, when he caught sight of her in the softly shaded
+light of the floor-lamp.
+
+"Polly! Oh, but I'm glad to see you again!" breathed he as he caught both
+hands and devoured her smiles with his eyes.
+
+"I should hope you would be glad! Isn't everyone I know glad to see me
+after they have been absent a long time?" laughed Polly, in a
+matter-of-fact tone.
+
+But Tom glanced hastily about the room. Then he quite unexpectedly leaned
+forward and caught her face between his palms. "Polly Brewster, I'm going
+to salute you with a brotherly kiss!" whispered Tom, and immediately, he
+pressed a kiss upon her red lips--but Polly felt sure it was _not_ like
+John's kisses.
+
+She tried to free her head from his powerful hands, but he laughed
+masterfully and held her under the light while he gazed into her eyes.
+Finally Polly felt herself growing warm and flushed, and to stop his look
+she closed her eyes and began kicking at his shins.
+
+With a happy laugh, Tom freed her face and picked her up in his arms. In
+three long strides he was over at the divan where he placed her, sitting
+upright. Then he sat down beside her.
+
+"Why--Tom Latimer!" gasped Polly, angrily, trying to rearrange her hair
+which had become tumbled in the fray.
+
+"Why--Tom Latimer!" laughed he, mimicking Polly very cleverly. "You don't
+know _this_ Tom, do you, girl! But this is the Tom that you'll know
+hereafter. I'm through acting like a woolly lamb just because Anne says
+that's the only way to get a girl! You're a Rocky Mountain girl and the
+only way to make you notice, is to use ranch methods to lasso you. That's
+why I'm here in New York. Catch me letting a rich society darling like
+that Baxter spend the winter months making love to you, when I'm wasting
+my heart away at Pebbly Pit, hoping against hope for a nice long letter
+from you!"
+
+[Illustration: TOM PICKED POLLY UP IN HIS ARMS.
+Polly's Business Venture. Page 200]
+
+Tom's frown and the tone in which he declared himself, made Polly want to
+laugh albeit she shrunk away, somewhat, for fear of a plot in his mind.
+
+Tom had, in his fervor, lost control once, but he was too wise to indulge
+himself again, in such a manner. Tom had spent a great deal of time in
+studying, during the past year, the psychology of love, and now he was
+going to test his knowledge. He told John, just before he left the ranch,
+that once a girl liked a fellow, it was easy to make her love him, by
+judicious treatment. In explanation, he said:
+
+"When Jeb wants to coax one of the burros to the barn, he doesn't give
+him the measure of oats to eat out on the range--no, he leads the burro
+to the barn by holding the box of feed ahead of his nose!"
+
+The Brewsters laughed at Tom's idea, but he declared that that was the
+way he was going to get Polly. And all their arguments about giving Polly
+a chance to finish her studies and try out her beloved work, fell on dull
+ears. Tom started East!
+
+"Polly, let's all go to a good show, shall we?" was Tom's unexpected
+invitation, just as his companion began to worry because he sat so close
+beside her.
+
+"Oh! Yes--I think that will be lovely!" said Polly.
+
+"All right! Run up and tell the others to get their caps and jackets on.
+I'll telephone an agent and see what's good."
+
+Polly ran out of the room, glad to have the problem of the evening's
+entertainment solved for her, but still she felt a little disappointed
+because Tom could so eagerly suggest taking the family out when she
+wanted to have a tête-à-tête with him to ask about the mines. Tom's
+plan about holding the temptation before a burro instead of surfeiting
+him with goodies, was evidently beginning to work.
+
+The play was one of the most popular ones, and seats were in great
+demand. But money does anything in New York, so Tom secured splendid
+orchestra seats, and they reached the theatre just as the curtain went up
+on the first scene. The interior was darkened when they entered, and
+Polly could not tell who sat in front of her, until the first act ended
+and the lights were turned on.
+
+Tom sat beside her, and began whispering in his free western voice, when
+a young man seated directly in front, turned deliberately around and
+stared at him. Polly gasped, and Eleanor nudged her in the side. It was
+Jack Baxter!
+
+Without taking his eyes from Tom, Jack reached under the chair and got
+his hat. Then he dragged his coat over his arm, and got up. He bowed
+stiffly to the girls in Tom's party, and went out. Tom waited until he
+was gone, then he looked down at Polly.
+
+"Um! It was high time I came East, I see!"
+
+"Why?" was Polly's smiling rejoinder.
+
+"By next Spring it might have been Tom who sat alone and felt like the
+fifth wheel in a wagon instead of Baxter. My, but I'm glad I came!"
+
+Polly frowned, and Eleanor did her best to hear what was said between
+these two _apparently_ phlegmatic companions. But Tom meant his words for
+Polly's ears only.
+
+Once during the evening, when the light was so low that the theatre was
+almost dark, Tom changed his position in such a way that his arm rested
+over the back of Polly's chair. In his interest in the scene on the
+stage, his hand dropped carelessly upon her shoulder. And Polly was too
+engaged with the play to remove it, or even change her position to allow
+it to fall back again.
+
+Then Tom moved, so that his arms touched hers, and his hand that rested
+upon one knee, could cover Polly's hand while the audience was enthralled
+by the burglar's escape, and no one but Eleanor had the slightest idea of
+what was going on in these two orchestra chairs. But Polly grew restive
+and tried to free her hand.
+
+Then the lights went up again, and Tom moved away and said apologetically:
+"These seats are so cramped for such a great fellow as I am!"
+
+And Polly replied tartly: "Yes, they really ought to allow more room for
+people's hands and arms."
+
+Eleanor smiled wisely, and sent Tom a teasing look.
+
+John Baxter did not come back to claim his seat that evening, and the
+play ended without Polly having given him another thought. Poor Jack!
+
+After Tom reached New York, there seemed very little time for Polly in
+which to hunt up antiques in the country, or to attend sales that were
+advertised at various places. Then Winter weather set in, and that gave
+her the necessary excuse that the automobile could not travel in snow or
+mud.
+
+All but Tom and Polly thought that Tom's plot to win Polly from her
+chosen profession seemed to be succeeding. But Tom felt that he had not
+had much encouragement as yet; and Polly was having a very nice time with
+an old friend she liked better than other young men, without feeling
+unduly indebted for the pleasure.
+
+Although the Latimers lived uptown in New York, they saw little of Tom
+during the first weeks of his return to the City. He stopped at a hotel
+not far from the Fabian's place, and made duty-calls on his father and
+mother at regular intervals, but they understood what he came East for,
+and they wished him all success.
+
+Time passed quickly, with a new pastime planned by Tom, for each day. And
+most of these pleasures included the other girls, as well as Polly. So
+the enjoyment was general, and Polly could not say that Tom tried to get
+her company for himself, by leaving her friends out of any fun.
+
+December came in, and the Christmas season advanced, with Tom still
+leading a gay life and escorting the girls to every pleasure or
+entertainment they heard of; and Polly was still the kind little "sister"
+to him in every way, but nothing more.
+
+Tom had selected his Christmas gift for Polly, but no one had been told
+about it. This he had kept absolutely secret. The Christmas Holidays came
+and all schools closed, so that the girls had no studies to attend to,
+and no art work to prepare. Jim Latimer and his chum Kenneth came home
+from Yale for the two weeks' vacation, and they immediately called on
+Polly and Eleanor.
+
+Tom saw how gladly Polly welcomed Jim and Kenneth, and he began to wonder
+if she really preferred a young boy's society to his. Polly and Jim were
+about the same age--not quite eighteen, while he--Tom, was almost
+twenty-four. Such a decrepit old age!
+
+The evening Jim planned to visit Polly and take Kenneth along for
+Eleanor, Tom, to the surprise of his parents, spent the entire evening
+with them; but he was not very attentive to what his mother said, nor did
+he seem over-pleased with being at home.
+
+Jim and Kenneth were noisy, active young college boys, and they furnished
+lots of fun that evening, of the energetic, "center-rush" kind. But Polly
+was relieved when they had said good-night and were gone.
+
+Eleanor laughed at the way Jim "rough-housed" both girls when he tried to
+kiss them good-night, and Polly indignantly told him he would never be
+invited there again! Jim laughed and caught hold of Polly to shake her
+for such a threat, but he smacked her loudly on the lips, instead.
+
+As the two girls went upstairs to retire, Polly said: "I'm sure Jim
+wouldn't have acted so silly if his big brother had been here!"
+
+Eleanor then added: "We have such lovely evenings with Tom, that this
+sort of horse-play gets on my nerves!" Then she slyly watched her
+friend's expression to try and read her mind.
+
+"I wonder why Tom never came in tonight?" said Polly.
+
+"Jack Baxter met me this afternoon, and he says Tom goes uptown
+regularly, to see a girl. Jack shadowed him and knows exactly where the
+girl lives. But he didn't say I must not tell you," said Eleanor,
+confidentially. Neither did she add that she had heard the address of
+this "girl" and knew it to be Tom's home and mother.
+
+Polly flushed, but said nonchalantly: "Poor Tom! He feels awfully bored
+with us girls, at times!"
+
+"I should think so! especially if he came home for a visit with the idea
+of finding a nice girl to propose to. Now Jack thinks that Tom, with his
+good looks, his wonderful intelligence, and his family-tree, to say
+nothing of the Latimer fortune, ought to be able to take his pick of any
+New York girl that is looking for an ideal husband," remarked Eleanor,
+guilelessly.
+
+Polly flashed her a look. "Since when has Jack Baxter dropped his
+maligning of Tom Latimer, and started to admire him?"
+
+Eleanor bit her lips to prevent a smile, but she replied, innocently:
+"Why, Jack always did admire Tom, even when he met him at Pebbly Pit. But
+he is jealous of him, for all the admiration he has for him. But I'll
+tell you, Polly: I wouldn't trust Jack in a case of 'love or war.' He'd
+as soon make Tom believe you were in love with another man, as anything
+else, if he could win a point by it."
+
+But Eleanor over-stepped her ambition this time. Polly quickly replied:
+"Then Jack must be trying to 'win a point' when he got you to tell me
+that Tom was calling on another girl, uptown."
+
+Eleanor realized her error and had common sense enough not to endeavor to
+explain it away. She merely said: "Oh well, Tom is too handsome a fellow
+to be wandering about New York these nights without a guardian. Some wide
+awake girl is going to snap him up the first chance!"
+
+"Seems to me, Nolla, that Tom has been wandering about since he arrived
+in the City, with a whole bevy of guardians to keep him from snares and
+pitfalls. With all of us girls surrounding him, a fine chance any other
+girl could have found to snap him."
+
+Eleanor was evidently getting worsted in her well-meant plan to further
+Tom's case, so she wisely decided to keep still.
+
+Nothing was heard from Tom the next day, although Polly was sure he would
+call, or telephone, before evening. Then the telephone did ring, but it
+was Mr. Dalken, inviting the entire family over to his apartment for a
+party that evening.
+
+"Just an impromptu affair, you know, with some of our old friends coming
+in to spend the evening."
+
+Mrs. Fabian accepted for herself and husband, and said she would see if
+the girls had any engagement. She came back to the living-room where they
+were waiting for dinner to be announced.
+
+"Are you girls going out this evening, or have you any engagement at
+home?" asked she.
+
+Nancy shook her head, and Eleanor replied: "For a great wonder, we
+haven't a blessed thing on for tonight! First evening free in months!"
+
+"Mr. Dalken wants us to come over and join some old friends, just for a
+nice visit," ventured Mrs. Fabian, looking from one girl to the other.
+
+"Fine! Anything but sitting here staring at Polly's concerned face,"
+retorted Eleanor.
+
+Mrs. Fabian smiled and went to answer Mr. Dalken, but Polly sat up and
+asked Eleanor what she meant by that.
+
+"Oh, ask yourself, Polly, you've been mooning around all day looking like
+'Gottschalk's Last Hope.' One speaks to you, and you never hear what's
+said. The very house could burn down but you'd never know it. You'd roast
+without feeling any sensation in it!" declared Eleanor, impatiently.
+Nancy laughed at both girls.
+
+After dinner, while the girls were dressing to go to Mr. Dalken's,
+Eleanor went to Polly's room to be hooked up. When she saw Polly arrayed
+in one of her most fetching Paris dresses she stood and stared.
+
+"Why! we're not going to the Opera!" said she.
+
+"We're going to Mr. Dalken's, aren't we?" asked Polly.
+
+"Yes, but Jack won't be there--nor Tom, either," was Eleanor's smooth
+reply.
+
+"I hadn't thought of who might be there, I dressed for my old friend, Mr.
+Dalken. He is so correct in these matters, so I want to do justice to his
+friendship," Polly scored this time.
+
+Eleanor did not wait to be hooked up but rushed back to her own room, and
+when Polly met her again, down in the hall, she had changed her gown,
+also, and looked very attractive, indeed.
+
+Because of the delay occasioned by Eleanor, the Fabian party was late in
+reaching Mr. Dalken's. The other guests were already there, and to
+Polly's intense gratification, not only was Jack assisting the host for
+the evening, but Tom sat in one corner of the large living room, looking
+at a book of snap-shots taken by Mr. Dalken while out in the Rockies. So
+engrossed was Tom in the pictures, that he did not lift his head when
+new-comers were welcomed.
+
+Polly glanced over at the corner and finding Tom so interested in
+mountain charms, while female charms abounded so near him, she felt
+peeved and smiled radiantly on Jack. Eleanor saw, and determined that she
+would not permit matters to go astray again, as she had taken such
+trouble to get Mr. Dalken to plan this impromptu gathering just to give
+Polly the opportunity to see both suitors together--to the advancement of
+one or the other's interest. Eleanor had no doubt that it would be Tom's
+advancement.
+
+So she flirted outrageously with Jack, to the amusement of Mr. Dalken who
+understood how matters were with all the young people. Thus Eleanor was
+cozily cornered with Jack in the den, doing her utmost to make him forget
+Polly for the time being, when the Jap came to the living-room door and
+announced a new caller.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+NECESSARY EXPLANATIONS
+
+
+Eleanor was not to be seen when a young man came in the room and was
+joyously welcomed by everyone present. Tom Latimer had disappeared also,
+a short time before this, and Polly was sitting in the wide seat built in
+the window, staring out over the roofs of the buildings without seeing a
+thing.
+
+The delighted exclamations from those in the room, however, drew her
+attention, and she was rejoiced to see Paul Stewart shaking hands with
+those crowding about him. So Polly left her shadowy retreat and ran over
+to welcome him, too.
+
+Paul was saying: "Isn't it too jolly of John to send me East for the
+Holidays, by making me power-of-attorney for the Stock-holders meeting
+the first of January. That was the only way I could have come--by having
+my fare paid!" Paul laughed because they all knew of his financial
+problems, and how he was striving to win success that he might propose to
+Eleanor.
+
+Polly felt annoyed because she was sure Eleanor had led Tom to the den
+that she might advise him further in his love-affairs. And it was this
+interference by Eleanor, that roused much of Polly's indifference or
+impatience towards Tom. Now she felt she had been given a good
+opportunity to square accounts with her chum.
+
+Paul and she were standing alone for a moment, when she saw him looking
+about for someone. She gave the desired cue: "You'll find Nolla with Tom,
+enjoying a tête-à-tête in Mr. Dalken's little den across the hallway,
+Paul."
+
+As she watched Paul hurriedly excuse himself, she experienced a new
+sensation--that of gratified revenge on a friend. She walked about the
+room, apparently looking at the pictures, but really to reach the hall
+without attracting attention. Once she got out of the room, she made a
+dash for a shadowy corner made by an old ormolu secretaire between the
+two doors. She could see into the den and watch Paul's next action.
+
+Two huge Turkish chairs were drawn up before the fire-place but the
+electric lights were out and only the candles on the tables near the door
+were lighted. The leaping flames of the logs burning in the fire-place
+threw dancing shadows over the two occupants of the chairs, but anyone
+standing near the door could not see who these occupants were.
+
+Paul crept stealthily over to the chairs, planning to surprise his two
+old friends--believing Tom to be one, and Eleanor the other. He lifted
+his hands with the intention of clapping them over Eleanor's eyes to make
+her guess who was there, when he heard words that rooted him to the spot.
+Polly saw but could not hear, so she lost the best part of her
+retaliation on Eleanor.
+
+Just as Paul was about to bring down his palms over Eleanor's eyes, a
+strange voice murmured intensely: "You know how I feel about it, Nolla.
+This love is so absorbing that I cannot give my attention to studies, or
+to any other important matter. If I am treated to second place, now that
+another lover is at hand, I will clear out of New York and never be heard
+from again. In fact, I am going to purposely throw myself in the way of
+danger and end it all!"
+
+Paul realized that another man had found his treasure and had been
+encouraged, or why should he be saying "given second-place now that
+another lover is at hand?" And it was evident that someone knew of his,
+Paul's, proposed visit, as _this_ young man knew of his coming to see
+Eleanor.
+
+Such is the mortal's egotism! One never thinks of others in connection
+with a selfish hope or idea, but believes that anything seen or heard
+must appertain to that one thing. So Paul thought Eleanor was the love
+this young man referred to, and that she had given him second-place
+because of Paul's coming.
+
+These thoughts flitted through his mind as young Baxter concluded, and
+Eleanor waited a moment before answering. Then she said with a sigh:
+"Dear Jack, a mild little flirtation never hurt any real case of love,
+and I've told you many times, that a game of love like this would improve
+or become fatal, because of such a flirtation. Like anti-toxin--it
+_kills_ the germs or makes them wild so that no further doubt remains
+about the patient. Let's use the hypodermic courageously and watch
+results. If the love-germ dies, then go and throw yourself on the
+railroad track and end your troubles. But should the opposite effect
+result, you can always think of me as the specialist who advised the
+heroic treatment!"
+
+Paul was shocked to hear his "angel-girl" talk of her love in such a
+dreadfully frank way, but the suitor's next sentence left no doubt in
+Paul's mind that Eleanor was a horrid flirt.
+
+"Well, Nolla, you must know best. Paul has been in love with you for a
+long time, now, and you've had many young admirers since you came to New
+York; so you understand and appreciate my present position and my right
+to demand one thing or the other--either _I_ am the accepted one, or the
+other man. Both of us cannot be kept dangling about, nor take turns in
+loving when the other is absent from New York."
+
+Paul was distressed at hearing this--that Eleanor could accept the
+attentions of other men when he, Paul, was so hard at work out West,
+trying to succeed in his profession that he might offer her a suitable
+home! Now she was flirting with others, and this young man was
+heart-broken over her short-comings, even as he, Paul, was.
+
+Polly saw Paul wheel and rush from the room, and immediately after that,
+Eleanor and Jack jumped up from the chairs and gazed at the door where
+the intruder had disappeared. When Polly saw who Eleanor's companion was,
+she gasped in astonishment, for she believed it was Tom sitting before
+the fire.
+
+Had Polly hurried after Paul, to explain matters to him, all would have
+ended well that evening, but she went to the room where her wraps had
+been left and sat down to think out the problem. Meantime, Paul found Mr.
+Dalken and drew him aside to say:
+
+"Don't ask questions, and don't try to stop me, but I am going away as
+quick as I can. I'm through with girls for all time. They're not to be
+trusted when a man's absent. I'm going to live for my mother, hereafter,
+and make her life happy."
+
+Mr. Dalken was taken by surprise, because he had no key to this new
+puzzle, but he said: "Do wait, my boy, and have some refreshments with
+us. I have so much to ask you about the mine."
+
+"No--no! I can't stay. The mine isn't my affair anyway, and I was a fool
+to coax John to give me power-of-attorney to come East for him. Now I'm
+rushing back and he can send Tom Latimer the affidavit necessary for the
+meeting in January."
+
+"Now, now, Paul! You are a hot-headed young fellow and I feel sure
+matters can be explained quickly, if you will but wait!"
+
+Paul scowled and stiffened his spine as he replied: "Mr. Dalken, I heard
+with my own ears, that Nolla is infatuated with another young man. She
+said, _and I_ heard her say it: 'She was not certain which one of us she
+preferred but the test would show if she used a good dose of anti-toxin
+to help the germ! But I'm no 'second fiddle' even if that other fellow
+is! If a girl can't tell whether she loves me without using hypodermics
+to help her find out, then she's no wife for me! Maybe I'm a wild and
+woolly westerner from Denver, but believe me! we westerners never stand
+around waiting for a bit to be forced between our teeth."
+
+Mr. Dalken could hardly restrain his sudden desire to laugh, but he
+averted his head for a moment and covered his face with a handkerchief
+until he composed his risibles, then he said: "Still, I am sure I can
+mediate in this case, Paul. Only stay and let me inquire."
+
+"I guess not! No one can mediate between me and a flirt! I am through, I
+say, and I'm going home!"
+
+So saying Paul thrust out his hand and Mr. Dalken had to take it.
+"Good-by, and say good-by to the others for me. This much I want you to
+do, as I will not see them again!"
+
+Mr. Dalken went to the door with his excited guest and saw him go down on
+the elevator, then he rushed madly back to the telephone and ordered the
+man to detain the departing guest. Back to the den where he had seen
+Eleanor standing with Jack, was his next act, and dragging both out of
+the apartment and along the hall to the elevator, he pushed the button
+furiously.
+
+While the wondering attendant was coming up, Mr. Dalken said: "What in
+the name of conscience did you two crazy creatures do or say to Paul
+Stewart, to drive him frantic?"
+
+Jack stared in ignorance of what his guardian meant, but Eleanor gazed as
+if she thought Mr. Dalken had suddenly gone mad. The elevator stopped at
+their floor, and the man opened the gate. Mr. Dalken pulled his two
+companions on, and the man started down again.
+
+All this time, Eleanor was speechless with doubt of Mr. Dalken's sanity
+but the elevator man turned to him and said: "The young man I just took
+down, refused to remain. He said he would arrest anyone who tried to
+detain him against his will."
+
+Mr. Dalken ran his hands through his hair and rolled his eyes upward.
+Turning to Eleanor he hissed: "What _did_ you say to Paul to make him act
+like a man in torment?"
+
+"Paul! Are you crazy, Mr. Dalken?" asked Eleanor, fearfully.
+
+"No, but _you_ must be to throw over such a sweetheart. You'll wait a
+long time before you get another like him, even though I do like Jack
+immensely, and will further his case when he meets the right girl. I'm
+sure you are not the right one, and you ought to know it, from what you
+told me yourself, yesterday. Can't you see that Jack thinks he loves
+Polly, just because she won't have him?"
+
+"Of course I understand!" retorted Eleanor, but annoyed that her plot to
+bring Polly and Tom together again was exposed.
+
+"Then why in the name of heavens did you send Paul away believing it was
+_you_ that Jack wanted?"
+
+Before an answer could be given, the elevator reached the ground floor
+and the man quickly opened the doors. Out in the vestibule the
+telephone-operator was button-holing a young man and using every
+persuasion to detain him.
+
+Jack Baxter had never seen Paul so he did not recognize him now. But
+Eleanor did, and she stood stock-still in such surprise that Mr. Dalken
+ran ahead without her.
+
+"Paul, Paul! I knew you had made a mistake. Eleanor is here to explain
+everything," said he, taking the place of the amazed servant.
+
+"What can she explain that will change my opinion of her?" scorned Paul,
+sending a cold look at poor Eleanor.
+
+"Nolla, come here, Paul wants you to explain," begged Mr. Dalken, beside
+himself.
+
+Her first surprise at finding Paul Stewart in New York _and in the
+house_, passed over and Eleanor forgot Jack and everything else, as she
+rushed forward to welcome her old sweetheart.
+
+"Paul--Oh Paul! When did _you_ come?" cried she.
+
+But Paul's haughty stare stopped her when she was not ten inches from
+him. He turned to Mr. Dalken and said: "Now that you've broken your word
+with me, you had best explain."
+
+"_I_ broken my word! I never gave my word to anything that is broken.
+Remember, Paul, you may be a hot-headed impulsive youth, but you cannot
+make such sweeping accusations without grounds for them. I am so sorry
+for you in your disappointment that I will excuse you this time, however,
+and explain for your benefit, that I caught hold of Jack and Nolla after
+you left and dragged them down here without 'breaking my word' as you
+claim, or any other unhonorable deed. Unless you consider getting at the
+truth is unprincipled." Mr. Dalken was stern and dignified in his
+self-justification, and Paul had the grace to flush uncomfortably.
+
+Eleanor was standing, uncertain of what was best to do in this strange
+meeting. She had felt over-joyed a moment before, to find Paul there, but
+now she wondered why he was so angry, and why he had not waited to greet
+her, as long as he had been up in the apartment. Baxter, not feeling at
+home in this group, turned and asked the man to take him up again.
+
+Mr. Dalken had not seen Jack leave again, so he turned to call him, but
+found he had disappeared.
+
+"Nolla, what did you say to Paul when he met you?" demanded the older
+man.
+
+"I? Why, Mr. Dalken, I never knew Paul was here. The first hint I had of
+something unusual was when you rushed in to drag us downstairs."
+
+Mr. Dalken was puzzled so he turned to Paul. "Then why did you say Nolla
+was a flirt and had made a fool of you? I thought she met you and began
+to tease, as she does everyone."
+
+"There was no need of her saying anything to me, as I heard her tell,
+when she was not aware of my standing behind her chair, that the young
+man she was with might prove to be the accepted love after all." Then
+Paul repeated the substance of the talk he had overheard between Jack and
+Eleanor.
+
+As he concluded, Eleanor laughed hysterically and held out her hands to
+Mr. Dalken beseechingly. "Oh, dear Dalky! Can't you see how Paul
+misunderstood everything! I was speaking of Jack's case with Polly, and
+advising him in regard to Tom. I know Jack is not seriously in love with
+Polly, but he fancies himself so, because Polly is so attractive and
+indifferent to him. As Jack has always been flattered and made love to by
+society girls, this unexpected attitude of Polly's piqued the boy. I did
+my best tonight, to show all three of these silly young things where they
+stood in this serious matter. And _to think_, I got myself in hot water
+for trying to help my friends!" Eleanor unexpectedly broke out in sobs
+and leaned her head against Mr. Dalken's shoulder.
+
+Paul began to accuse himself for being a brute, and Mr. Dalken patted
+Eleanor's head and said comfortingly: "Never mind, Nolla dear. You'll
+learn by bitter experience that the more one interferes in these love
+tangles for the sake of helping friends out of their troubles, the more
+our friends detest us and we end in falling into snares ourselves."
+
+"Um--don't I know it now!" wept Eleanor, in a muffled voice, because her
+mouth was hard against her comforter's coat.
+
+Paul stood uncertain of what to say or do. He shifted his weight from one
+foot to the other, and glanced around, but always brought his wandering
+eyes back to Eleanor's shaking form.
+
+An interruption, in shape of the entrance of some merry tenants of
+another apartment, suddenly caused Mr. Dalken to lift Eleanor's head and
+hurry her, with Paul, into the reception room at one end of the main
+hall. Here they sat down to have an understanding.
+
+When the facts were fully revealed, Paul was as grateful to Mr. Dalken
+for restraining him in his plans to run away, as Eleanor was for his
+hasty removal of her from upstairs, to the hall downstairs. And poor Mr.
+Dalken was _most_ grateful to find he had made peace between two
+disturbed young hearts. He got up and said: "Let's hope you won't curse
+me in the future, for this reconciliation. And for goodness' sake! Let me
+get upstairs to my guests, and help Taki serve refreshments, or the
+oysters will be ruined with stewing, while the wonderful French patties I
+got from Del's, will be cold and clammy."
+
+Eleanor laughed, and beckoned Paul to come up again. So the grinning
+elevator man carried them up and very considerately accepted the tip Paul
+slipped into his palm as he stepped from the lift.
+
+The Japanese butler had not waited for Mr. Dalken, however, and was
+passing the famous patties and sandwiches when the three absent members
+of the party entered again, and tried to act as if nothing unusual had
+happened.
+
+Polly had witnessed Paul's flying departure, and thereafter saw Jack and
+Eleanor astounded in the darkened library. When Mr. Dalken rushed in and
+dragged them both away, Polly stood open-mouthed and stared after them.
+The Jap wisely hurried forward and carefully closed the front door, then
+went back to his duties without showing that he had seen the queer
+performances of his master, or found Polly standing there, the single
+witness of the scene.
+
+Polly still stood in the hall deeply perplexed, when Tom sauntered from
+Mr. Dalken's bedroom where he had been smoking a cigarette to steady his
+nerves. Now he joined Polly and began a conventional phrase, but was
+suddenly interrupted by her.
+
+"What does all this silly behavior mean?" demanded she.
+
+"Do you refer to my behavior?" asked Tom, blandly.
+
+Polly's eyes snapped. "Of course not! Must you always think yourself
+first and foremost?"
+
+As this was an unexpected and undeserved slap for Tom, he was still
+groping for a clue, when Polly's angry impatience with herself for having
+made such a blunder in her calculations about Eleanor and the others,
+made her exclaim:
+
+"Well, I can plainly see that Nolla will never make any sort of a
+business partner for me! Her foolish head is so turned by beaus, that she
+will never settle down until Paul has either spurned her love, or she is
+married and divorced again. _Then_ there may be hopes of her attending to
+our work."
+
+As Tom was not aware of Paul's sudden appearance and hasty departure, he
+still pondered what was best to say to Polly, in her unusual pettish
+mood. But she paid no heed to his silence and continued, like most women
+will when they have been mistaken, and fear the consequences of an
+ill-advised step.
+
+"I declare! if Paul does come back and makes up with Nolla, I shall move
+heaven and earth to see that they are safely engaged this time! And that
+Jack Baxter, well, I'll make Dalky ship him off to some distant college
+so there'll be no further wasting of valuable time with him!"
+
+This last declaration so over-joyed Tom that he found courage to offer a
+suggestion. But he was too unwise this time. "You're absolutely right,
+Polly dear. That Baxter has nothing better to do than kill time. He never
+did a stroke of work in his life, nor did his father before him. Those
+young 'lady's men' who live on their ancestor's rewards of labor, never
+amount to a row of beans."
+
+Polly stared freezingly at Tom, but he was completely mesmerized with the
+romantic picture he was presenting, and so he continued oblivious of his
+companion's expression.
+
+"We'll send Baxter flying, after this, and help poor Paul to hold his
+place with Nolla. I'll wire Paul to fix it so he can come East for
+Christmas, and surprise Nolla. Then we'll all announce a double
+engagement, eh?" Tom turned to watch Polly's face as she surely must
+second his plan, but he changed his mind when he saw her frown. "As
+usual, Tom, you're much too late in your brilliant ideas. Others are
+ahead of you. Paul has been here tonight and gone again, and Nolla will
+never have any engagement to announce--if she waits for Paul's
+declaration.
+
+"As for _me_! My announcements are being engraved now."
+
+Tom caught his breath in consternation at this news. "Your announcements,
+Polly! _Oh_, and you jilted me, after all!"
+
+Polly enjoyed turning the knife in the wound, because she felt so
+wretched herself for having ruined Eleanor's happiness.
+
+"I could not jilt anyone who never proposed, could I? I have maintained
+for a long time, and everyone who knows me is aware of it, too--that I am
+engaged to my profession and I have ordered my announcements to that
+effect. I propose sending out my business cards the first week of
+January!"
+
+The relief to Tom was so great that he sighed aloud: "Oh, thank heavens
+for that!"
+
+"I knew you would be glad, Tom; so you see you are sensible after all,
+and can thank heaven that you had no cause to be jilted!" laughed Polly,
+maliciously, but she felt no satisfaction in this outcome of her
+understanding with Tom.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+MUTUAL CONSOLATION
+
+
+It was at this point in Polly's independent speech that the door opened
+and Mr. Dalken came in with his two repentant lovers. Tom saw that the
+clouds had been dispersed and now there seemed to be a clear sky for
+Paul. But he was curious to hear what had happened during the short time
+he had been smoking that cigarette.
+
+Polly also saw Paul return with Nolla, and when she saw the happy smiles
+on both faces, she groaned, and turned to go to the library where, so
+little time before, the tragic lover had escaped with a determination to
+never look at another girl as long as he lived--excepting his mother.
+
+Tom followed Mr. Dalken to the dining-room to learn the particulars about
+the two individuals who had meekly followed the host back to the
+apartment; while Polly sank down in one of the Turkish arm-chairs
+recently occupied by the two plotting match-makers.
+
+Mr. Dalken rolled his eyes ceiling-ward and complained: "I can't
+understand why I should be chosen by Providence to act as peace-maker
+between jealous lovers, or quarrelsome husbands and wives. It is one of
+the most thankless jobs a man can have."
+
+Tom laughed in spite of his eagerness to be told the details. "Maybe it
+is because you have so much _feeling_ for heartsick mortals," said he.
+
+Mr. Dalken looked serious. "Yes, Tom my boy, you spoke the truth there.
+If anyone knows the misery caused by fools and faithlessness, I'm that
+one. Perhaps that is the reason I can mediate for my friends."
+
+"I was going to ask you to mediate for me, with Polly, but I haven't the
+heart to ask you, now," ventured Tom.
+
+"Why, you big ninny, I've done nothing else but try to mediate between
+you two for the past two years. If matters haven't reached a crisis by
+this time, I'd better give up the case and let you get a specialist,"
+exclaimed Mr. Dalken.
+
+"Tell me exactly where I stand now, and I'll excuse you from further
+annoyance on my part."
+
+"Great Scott, Man! Can't you tell where you stand? How can _I_ judge. You
+surely don't want me to propose for you, do you?"
+
+Tom couldn't afford to feel indignant, as he had to ask his friend what
+had happened to Paul and Eleanor, during his temporary absence from the
+others. So Mr. Dalken told as much of the story as he had been able to
+understand, concluding with the admonition: "Now that Jack can't wile
+away time with Nolla, he will, doubtless, turn his full attention to
+Polly."
+
+That was the only malicious remark the poor man permitted himself to
+indulge in. But Tom took it seriously and said: "Thanks awfully, for the
+hint. I'll keep after Polly myself, until Baxter gives up the chase." And
+with that he hurried away to find Polly.
+
+He found Paul and Eleanor sitting in the deep window-seat where Polly had
+been the early part of the evening, and as he wandered about for a
+glimpse of his "Heart's Desire," the Jap came over with a tray and said:
+
+"Mis'r Tom look fer supper? Taki keep nice patty for him."
+
+Jack Baxter was near enough to hear Taki, and he laughed jeeringly as he
+said: "Oh, what a fine man you are, Taki! You know exactly what your
+master's guests are wanting--patties or Pollies!"
+
+Taki grinned but failed to grasp the young man's meaning. Tom did,
+however, and leaving the oyster patty on the tray, he stalked across to
+Jack and said, threateningly:
+
+"How dare you speak like that? Mentioning Miss Brewster's name in the
+same breath as an oyster patty or a poll-parrot."
+
+But the truth of the matter was, Jack had never meant to convey the
+meaning, when he said "Pollies," that he spoke of parrots. So he
+instantly took the stand of the offended one.
+
+"How dare you even hint at such an insult to a friend of mine? I consider
+Miss Brewster too far above either you or me to discuss her with you,
+about such matters."
+
+Wise Taki had disappeared quickly and in another moment the harassed host
+came hurrying from the serving board. He glowered upon Tom and Jack, and
+grasping each one by the arm, he hustled them out into the main hall of
+the building and then spoke.
+
+"You two bullies go down in the street and fight it out. I'll do you the
+favor to ring up the police station and call a cop to come around and
+take you both in custody--that's where you belong, until you come to your
+senses. If _I_ were a girl I'd never look at either of you again."
+
+But this advice cooled their anger, and the moment Mr. Dalken turned to
+go back to his apartment both men laughed at the situation. Tom offered
+his hand and Baxter shook it. Then each apologised to the other, and in a
+few minutes they started for the door of the apartment.
+
+But the door was locked, and, in front of it on the mat, were two small
+heaps: one was composed of Tom's coat and hat, with a patty and sandwich
+on a wooden plate, on top of it. The other small heap was Jack's
+dress-cape, with his silk hat topping it, and in the hat, were his gloves
+and the plate with refreshments. His cane hung on the door-knob.
+
+All the bell-ringing Tom indulged in, thereafter, failed to bring any
+answer. So the two young men, highly amused by their host's farewell act,
+ate the scanty refreshments handed out, and then left the two wooden
+plates in front of the door, with a note on each. The pencilled scrawls
+said: "Two hungry beggars thank the rich man who threw them the crumbs
+from his table."
+
+After they had gone down to the ground floor, Jack said: "I'll try to get
+Dalken on the telephone and ask him to send us down enough company to
+keep us from going to sleep in the reception room."
+
+Tom laughed and stood eagerly waiting to hear the reply. But the operator
+smiled and reported: "Mr. Dalken called down a few minutes ago, and said
+that he was not at home to anyone--not even to friends--until tomorrow
+morning."
+
+So the two chagrined young men left, and whatever they did during the
+next few hours, no one ever knew, but from that evening both forgot their
+rivalry and became fast friends. Jack suddenly decided to go West and
+finish his engineering studies in the mountains about Pebbly Pit. And Tom
+decided to make one last stand for Polly, and should she still refuse him
+on the basis that she must finish a business experience first, then he
+would knuckle down to hard work and forget all about her, forever.
+
+It was easier for Jack to carry out his purpose than for Tom to leave New
+York and forget Polly. But Jack managed to do as he had outlined, and
+before Christmas Day he had said good-by and was on his way to Denver.
+
+Tom spent so much time and preparation before the mirror in his room,
+perfecting himself in the art of proposing to Polly, in such a way that
+she would be impressed, that he became quite self-conscious of his pose
+and words. On Christmas Day, he planned to coax her away by herself, and
+then fall upon his knees and tell his story. He had a magnificent
+solitaire in his pocket, waiting to be displayed at the right moment.
+
+No one saw Tom all that Christmas morning, although his friends called on
+the telephone, both at his home and at the hotel. He did not reply to any
+calls. But late in the afternoon he sauntered forth from his room,
+looking more like a silly dandy than a big sensible young man who was one
+of the best engineers in the West.
+
+He got in a taxi and gave directions. In front of Mr. Fabian's house, he
+paid the driver and went up the steps. After he had rung the bell, he
+felt in his pocket to make sure the ring-box was there. This was about
+the twentieth time he had assured himself.
+
+The maid opened the door, and looked sorry for him.
+
+"Miss Polly? Are the ladies in?" stammered Tom.
+
+"No'm--no-sir, I mean," returned the maid, confused at his certainty of
+finding them at home. "They went out an hour ago, after tryin' to get you
+on the 'phone. They says they won't be back till after midnight, sir."
+
+"Did they say where they were going?" asked Tom.
+
+"No'm--No-sir! But I hear'n Miss Polly talk to someone on the 'phone and
+she says: 'Oh how lovely! We'll all go with you. And we'll meet you there
+for dinner,'" repeated the maid. "You see, I was openin' th' door to take
+more presents for the young ladies, so I hear'n that much of the talk
+from the table 'phone in the back hall."
+
+Tom thanked her with a sinking heart, and turned away. Once more his
+fingers mechanically felt for the ring box but he experienced no thrill
+this time, when he found it was safe.
+
+He walked slowly cross-town and recklessly passed over Broadway with its
+traffic in full swing, looking neither to the right nor to the left. The
+officer shouted to rouse him from his apathy, but it failed to work.
+
+He reached the park and found a bench. There he sat down without looking
+at the seat. A frantic boy ran over and yelled: "Get up, mister! Get
+up--you'se sittin' on my Chrismus candy!"
+
+Tom got up as mechanically as an automaton, but a few of the gummy
+candies clung to his coat-tails, while the boy fearful of losing such
+treasure ran after the man to pick off the sticky sweets.
+
+When he found another bench that was clear, and no boys nearby to worry
+his soul, Tom sat down and sulked. Having practised so faithfully all
+that day, in adding the finishing touches of grace to his lesson of
+proposing, it was a bitter dose to find all his work was wasted. Polly
+had joyfully accepted someone else's invitation to go away and have a
+good time, leaving him alone and heart-broken.
+
+Sleet and drizzle began falling, and Tom was soon soaked through, but he
+was heedless of clinging clothes and wet shoes.
+
+After an hour of self-pity, he got up and started down the drive. By this
+time he was almost frozen, but he congratulated himself on the fact that
+he might have pneumonia and die. Then Polly might feel sorry for her
+coldness!
+
+Following the suggestion this idea presented, Tom wilfully waded through
+the slush in the gutters, and thoroughly drenched his patent-leather
+shoes in crossing the streets, until his feet were not only wet but
+freezing inside the shoes.
+
+He found a cheap restaurant where the show-windows displayed baskets of
+artificial fruit; and as a center-piece of this decoration, there was a
+great block of ice holding up a dressed goose, with red holly twined
+about it.
+
+Tom detested quick-lunch places where the steam satisfied a man's hunger,
+the moment he came in contact with its heavy odors, but he reveled in
+this evening's opportunity to be a martyr, so he sat down and ordered
+corn-beef and cabbage because he loathed it.
+
+Although he could not eat much of the delectable dish he had ordered, he
+was determined to finish his day accordingly. So he ordered Neapolitan
+ice-cream and coffee. The ice-cream was served with the tissue paper
+still wrapped about the cake--to prove that no hands had been in contact
+with the dessert before serving it. But the highly colored stripes of the
+soapy cream that refused to melt, even when he dropped a spoonful into
+his oily coffee, cured him of further martyrdom to the cause of love.
+
+He hastily got up from the table, paid his ticket and ran out. By this
+time, he felt so sick and chilled that he gloated in the assurance that
+soon he would be in a raging fever. He pictured Polly's regrets when she
+should return home at midnight and hear that he had been taken to a
+hospital, with a fatal case of double pneumonia. He had decided on having
+it double, after he left the restaurant, as that would kill him sooner.
+In this state of mind he had to dodge a taxi and slipped to fall into a
+mud puddle.
+
+But Tom could not resist the desire to see his mother once more, before
+he died; and after fighting off this inclination for another hour or two,
+he was feeling so perfectly awful, that he knew his last call had come
+for him.
+
+He had been sneezing every few minutes for the past hour, and his eyes
+were running like twin rivers. His nose was so stuffy that he could
+hardly enunciate the words, when he told a cabby to "Ta-ge me to sig
+siggy-sig West End Avenoo."
+
+During the short time he was in the cab, he could not breathe, and he had
+to keep his mouth open to be able to inhale any air at all. He paid off
+the taxi, and went to his mother's apartment. Before he could change his
+mind about calling, he had pushed the bell-button.
+
+He heard someone coming down the hall, and at the same time a door in
+front opened and the laughter and noise of many merry voices reached him
+as he stood waiting on the doormat.
+
+"Good evening, Mr. Tom--a merry Christmas," said the maid, smilingly.
+
+"Goo' ebeneeg, Kadrina," mumbled Tom, scowling as he looked towards the
+front room whence came the merry-making.
+
+"Don' dell anyone I'm here, but dell Modder I'm sig and wand do see her
+ride away," explained Tom, snuffingly.
+
+"You got a bad cold in your nose, ain't chew?" said Katrina,
+sympathetically.
+
+"No!" shouted Tom, furiously. "I god'da case ob double pneumonia!"
+
+Katrina jumped at the unexpected shout, and hurried to the front room to
+call her mistress. Instead of remembering to keep Tom's presence a
+secret, she whispered loud enough for Polly to hear:
+
+"Mr. Tom jus' come in an' his nose is red as a beet. His eyes is runnin',
+too, an' he needs a atmosizer to blow in his head, to clear out the
+snuffles so's he kin open his lungs, widdout keepin' his mouth open all
+th' time."
+
+Instead of fainting with horror as Tom had pictured she might, Polly
+laughed at Katrina's description, and Mrs. Latimer smiled and turned to
+her guests to excuse herself, by saying:
+
+"Tom just came in, poor boy, with a stuffy cold in his head. I'll put his
+feet in mustard and see that he drinks a hot glass of doctored lemonade,
+then I'll be back."
+
+So Tom, instead of bidding his mother an eternal farewell and dying alone
+and abandoned, as he had planned, in a hospital ward, was soon made to
+scald his feet in hot mustard water, while his mother's flannel kimono
+replaced his bedraggled clothing, and a heavy blanket was wrapped about
+him, and he was offered a nasty drink of lemonade, but what else was in
+it other than lemon only his mother knew!
+
+By this time he felt so wretched that he cared nothing for solitaires or
+fiancées; all he wanted was to get one good long breath through his nose
+once more before he choked to death.
+
+His mother had returned to the merry-making in the parlors, and Tom sat
+huddled in his unbecoming bedding in his mother's dressing-room. Every
+few minutes he had to use Katrina's "atmosizer" for his nose, or gasp for
+breath.
+
+Just as the perspiration began to pour out of every pore, and his feet
+felt like scalded lobsters, and the vaseline his mother had smeared in
+his eyes and over his nose, to void any chaffing, had been trickled all
+over his face, Polly tiptoed into the room that opened to the
+dressing-room where he sat.
+
+He held his breath, fearing lest she hear him gasp and find him in this
+awful predicament. He could not see her after she closed the hall-door,
+but he wondered what she was doing. At this moment, a tickling in his
+nose began and he knew it portended a sneeze! He must prevent it, or
+Polly would track him down. If she ever saw him in this condition, after
+all his hard study to propose gracefully, he would take poison!
+
+But the sneeze was imperative, and it burst forth in such an explosion,
+that Polly screamed faintly from just behind the door of the little room.
+
+"Go'way! I won'd see anyone," commanded Tom.
+
+"But you'll let me come and see how you are, won't you, Tom dear?" coaxed
+Polly, appearing at the open door.
+
+"No! You above everyone. I'm goin' to a hozpidal as zoon ads the
+ambulance gomes, and I never wand to zee any ob my frien'z again. I'll
+leave word no one ids to gome to my funeral, eider."
+
+"Tom, dearest, don't talk like that! Where have you been today, to catch
+such an awful cold in your head?" said Polly.
+
+"Id'z my lungz, I dell you! Double pneumonia. Leabe me to my fade, and
+forged me, Polly!" tears rose in his eyes at this pitiful picture of his
+lonely demise.
+
+But Polly was practical, and stubborn to a degree. She refused to go, and
+when Mrs. Latimer came back, she told her that Tom ought to be in bed and
+given a great big dose of quinine--then he'd be all right in the morning.
+
+"That's exactly what we planned to do, Polly," said Mrs. Latimer. "I sent
+Katrina to the drugstore for the pills, just now. But you run back and
+enjoy yourself, dear, as you can do nothing for Tom. He's like all
+men--as grouchy as a bear with a sore head, the minute anything ails
+them."
+
+His mother laughed, and Polly stood smiling. Tom fumed. "Was this all the
+sympathy he was to win for his self-appointed martyrdom?"
+
+Just as he had lost the last vestige of hope in life, Polly said to his
+mother: "I haven't seen Tom before, today, to wish him a merry Christmas
+and to give him my present."
+
+"Oh!" ejaculated Mrs. Latimer, wisely, and slipped from the room, closing
+the hall door very quietly after her.
+
+Tom opened one eye and began to wonder if it was worth while--this living
+business? When Polly smiled so angelically upon him, in spite of his
+ludicrous pose and appearance, he thought he might make one more trial of
+temporal existence.
+
+Then Polly said, "I am sorry I could not reach you by telephone today,
+Tom. I had a little surprise for you, that I'm sure you will like. Shall
+I show you now?"
+
+"Maybe it ids egsadtly wha'd I wads plannig to ags you?" said Tom,
+sitting up with interest, and forgetting the tub of hot water with his
+feet slowly par-boiling in it.
+
+"Here it is. Isn't it neat and business-like?" said Polly, as she handed
+him a small paste-board card.
+
+Tom read:
+
+ "POLLY BREWSTER
+ DECORATOR
+ NEW YORK CITY
+ _Representing Ashby Shops, New York and London_."
+
+Tom's shocked surprise at the unexpected announcement, so different from
+what he had expected, rendered him speechless for a full minute. During
+this pause, Polly patted his damp hair just as she might have patted her
+brother John's head, or a faithful Newfoundland's shaggy dome. This
+latter was Tom's thought.
+
+The gentle touch, combined with his resentful feelings about the business
+announcement, made him lose all self-control. He was so furious that he
+could not find his voice, and if he had, his words would have been
+unintelligible because of the head-cold. He sprang up from the chair,
+forgetful of his blanket swaddlings, and the large basin in which his
+feet were still immersed.
+
+He lifted his hand above his head in a melodramatic way of denunciation,
+but the tragic effect was completely ruined when the porcelain basin
+began slipping across the hard-wood floor. He wildly threw out both hands
+to clutch at something for support, but the low chair he had occupied was
+not near the dressing table nor any other article of furniture in the
+room.
+
+Polly tried to save him from a fall, but he threw off her rescuing hands;
+and thus he was falling to his ungraceful finish, when he managed to free
+one foot and planted it on the rug as a balance. But the basin with its
+wet porcelain bottom kept sliding ever farther away, and Tom still rolled
+in the swaddling robes suddenly sat down unceremoniously upon the floor.
+
+Polly faintly screamed when the basin overturned and the mustard water
+ran in numerous streamlets across the waxed wood and center rug. Just at
+this critical moment, Mrs. Latimer came back to give her son the dose of
+quinine.
+
+"Why, Tom! Why are you sitting on the floor?" asked she, in amazement.
+
+That was the last straw. Polly had to smother a laugh but Tom flared out
+and the thick denunciations of all the female sex, particularly western
+girls, would have driven such a girl mad with anger. But Polly understood
+her friend too well to believe a word he said.
+
+Even while he still hurled every expletive he could remember and try to
+enunciate, Polly sprang over to help Mrs. Latimer raise the beswaddled
+young man back into the chair. He fought off her assistance, but she
+stubbornly held on to his arms until he was seated in a proper position
+once more.
+
+Then she said: "Tom dear, I'm so sorry you have had such a wretched
+Christmas Day. Had we but known you had such a cold we would have called
+and taken you home with us. But now that Christmas is over, and I haven't
+had time to say a word to you, I'll just whisper that, as a sort of late
+greeting: 'If I don't find anyone I like better than you, during the next
+two years, I'll make a partnership proposition to you.'"
+
+"Oh, Bolly! Whad do you mean?" gasped Tom, expectation high once more.
+
+"I like you better than any other friend I ever had, Tom, but I am
+determined to try business first. Then, in two years' time if you are
+still of the same mind as now, I will consider what you have so often
+planned. But not before then. Until that time we will be the best of good
+pals."
+
+"Oh, Bolly! Whad a Gridsmad's gifd you habe giben me!" exclaimed Tom, his
+face shining radiantly with love and vaseline.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+BEAUX OR BUSINESS
+
+
+It was very late when the Fabian party reached home that Christmas night;
+thus there were no confidences given or taken between the girls until the
+following morning. To Eleanor's keen sight Polly appeared ill at ease;
+and in the morning, after breakfast, the cloud seemed heavier than
+before. Then Eleanor decided to find out what unpleasant experience had
+occurred while at Latimers.
+
+"I had a glorious time, last night--didn't you, Poll?" began Eleanor,
+guilelessly.
+
+"Oh, yes! Until poor Tom came in with that nasty cold in his head. His
+condition was enough to ruin any one's enjoyment, once you saw or heard
+him," replied Polly, absentmindedly.
+
+"A mere cold in the head is nothing to worry about. He will probably be
+here, today, as fresh as ever. That is, if the quinine he took last night
+permits him to see straight." Eleanor laughed in order to show her friend
+how unconcerned she was about anything which might have happened at the
+Latimers.
+
+"Had you seen him, with his feet in boiling water and mustard, his face
+coated with vaseline, his eyes like Bear Forks, and his temper like a
+sore hyena's, you wouldn't sit there and say he'd be fresh as ever
+today," Polly retorted with a reminiscent smile.
+
+"It's a wonder to me that he permitted you to visit him after he had been
+doctored by his mother as you say he was," returned Eleanor, musingly.
+
+"He never would have, Nolla, had I not marched right into the room
+without his being aware of my presence. I never even knocked, because his
+mother told me he was in her dressing-room, off the large room. I waited
+in the large room until I heard him speak, then I pretended to be
+surprised and pleased to find him there."
+
+Eleanor laughed. "Yes, I can see you pretend anything, Poll. I just know
+your face was as serious as crêpe, and your pretence a thing any child
+could see through."
+
+"Now, Nolla, you are all wrong! I can prove it. But the great trouble is,
+how shall I get out of what Tom believes to be true? I pretended so well
+that I almost fooled myself into believing that I was doing right. This
+morning I know it is not true," said Polly, impatiently.
+
+Eleanor now felt her curiosity rising for she realized she was on the
+verge of hearing what had caused Polly's concern. But she knew she must
+be circumspect in her replies, or her friend would take alarm and not say
+a word.
+
+"Polly, there speaks the born actress. When on the stage, acting in a
+play, the artiste is carried away by her own depth of feeling and faith
+in the truth of what she is saying or doing. Now, you see, you did the
+same and that proves you should study stage-craft instead of interior
+decorating." Eleanor spoke in a jocular tone.
+
+Polly smiled at her friend, but she was too preoccupied with her problem
+to pay attention to Eleanor--whether she was in earnest or whether she
+was speaking in fun.
+
+Suddenly Polly asked: "Nolla, are you engaged to Paul?"
+
+Eleanor was taken off her feet. She never dreamed of having Polly ask her
+bluntly about her private interests in any one.
+
+"W-h-y, n-o-o--not ex-actly!" stammered she in reply.
+
+Polly sat and stared at her companion as if to search out the truth. Then
+she said: "Have you any idea of being engaged within the next year or
+two?"
+
+"Well, now, Poll," returned Eleanor, finding her depth once more, and
+treading water to get her breath, "you know how I admire Paul, and you
+also know that Paul says he loves me. That was most obvious at Dalky's
+party, the night Paul arrived so unexpectedly. But when you speak of
+engagements, I must remind you of the law you laid down for me--not to
+tie myself to any such entanglement until after we had had our fill of
+business. Am I right?"
+
+"Exactly!" sighed Polly. "But that does not go to say that you obeyed my
+law. There may be a secret understanding between you and Paul, and that
+is what I want to hear about."
+
+"It may be the same sort of a secret understanding as now exists between
+you and Tom Latimer," retorted Eleanor, taking a wild chance that such
+was the fact.
+
+"Then I pity poor Paul from the bottom of my heart," was Polly's
+unexpected reply.
+
+"Paul doesn't seem to think he is in need of any pity," smiled Eleanor,
+as she thought of his joy the preceding evening as he escorted her from
+the Latimer's apartment to the automobile.
+
+"Well, then it is not the same sort of secret understanding. Now come out
+with it, Nolla, and tell me just how far you have complicated yourself
+with Paul in love, and with me in our business venture?"
+
+"Not at all, Poll. That is what I wish to impress upon you--that I am no
+deeper in the love tangle than you are with Tom."
+
+"All right, then, Nolla. Now I'll confess, if you promise me to do
+likewise. Is it a bargain?"
+
+"If you wish. But let me say beforehand, I have no more to confess than
+you know of already."
+
+"It's a pact! Shake, Nolla," exclaimed Polly, holding out her hand.
+
+Of course Eleanor was more than amazed at such a to-do over what she
+considered a natural outcome of human attraction for Polly, and she shook
+the hand extended to seal the compact.
+
+"There now! I'll confess first. Last night, when I found poor Tom in such
+dire condition and wanting to die at once, I told his mother I would
+comfort him, somewhat, by wishing him a merry Christmas and showing him
+my business card. You know, the ones we just got back from the engravers
+late Christmas Eve.
+
+"Well, I found him in such a pitiable way that I was sorry the moment I
+handed him my card. He took it so differently from what I had expected.
+When he raved about dying and nothing to live for, I was at my wit's end.
+Finally, just after the basin in which he was boiling his feet slipped
+from under him, and sat him down unkindly upon the floor, I was moved to
+encourage him if he would but cheer up and think of living a little
+longer.
+
+"Nolla, he took advantage of my weakness and wormed a promise from me to
+consider myself engaged to him, unless I found some one I liked much
+better within the next two years. Now tell me, Nolla, because you are
+educated in affairs like this--where do I stand?"
+
+Polly's anxiety was so amusing to Eleanor and the whole situation so like
+a farce to her maturer love-affair, that she laughed merrily. But Polly
+was too concerned to take offence at the merriment.
+
+"Oh, Polly! What a little lamb you are, to be sure! How lucky for you
+that I am always at hand to keep you from being led to the slaughter--not
+altar!" Eleanor laughed again at her clever play on the hackneyed phrase.
+
+"That doesn't answer my question, Nolla. I am most serious in this matter
+and I do not wish to hear more ridicule from you."
+
+"I'm not ridiculing you or the awful mess you have made of your life,"
+retorted Eleanor with a sly grin, "but I cannot help giving vent to my
+risibles when you take it all so seriously. I wonder how you would take
+the measles, Poll."
+
+"Oh pshaw, Nolla! What has measles to do with me, right now!" was Polly's
+impatient rejoinder.
+
+"I don't know, I'm sure. I was only wondering why you take everything so
+dreadfully in earnest. Now as far as your love tangle appears to be, I
+should prognosticate--hear that word, Polly? I am trying to act the wise
+magistrate for you--that there will be no suit for breach of promise,
+although there may be a case made out against you for alienating Tom's
+affections from Choko's Find Mine. On the other hand, you can serve a
+counter suit on Tom for alienating your affections from your first
+love--your business venture."
+
+While Eleanor had been explaining the law to her friend, the latter grew
+more and more impatient, and when the self-appointed magistrate concluded
+her version of law, Polly sprang up angrily.
+
+"I declare, Nolla, you will never be serious even at death! I'm disgusted
+with you, so there!" and Polly made for the door.
+
+Eleanor made after her, saying as she ran: "I'm sure I'll never want to
+take death seriously, Polly, for that is the time of all times when we
+need to be cheerful and prove to our dear ones that they have nothing to
+weep over--because I am of the firm belief that no one goes into
+oblivion. It is simply progression, you know."
+
+The sudden change from laughter to seriousness halted Polly's exit at the
+door, and she turned to look at her friend with a strange expression in
+her eyes.
+
+"Nolla, you should have been born in April--with the most changeable
+weather of the year. One moment you are too silly for words and the next
+you discourse on the most serious of all subjects."
+
+Again Eleanor laughed, teasingly: "Perhaps I should not have been born at
+all. Then, my family and friends would have been saved many trials. But I
+am here, you see, and they have to make the best of me."
+
+"That is exactly what we want to accomplish, don't you see? We want to
+make the best of you, but you just won't let us do it. You prefer to act
+like a big ninny instead of the cleverest girl in the world."
+
+"Always excepting you, dear!" and Eleanor bowed low.
+
+"There you go again! Now I _am_ mad!" and Polly tried to get through the
+open doorway, but her friend clung to her arm and refused to let her go.
+
+"Wait a moment! I'll let you go as soon as I have a word with you. This
+is going to be a real serious word, too," promised Eleanor.
+
+Polly turned back. Eleanor stood pondering for a moment, then said,
+"About Tom's affair, I would advise this: treat him brotherly--that is be
+sisterly to him; if you are not madly in love with him, so madly that you
+will jump into the Hudson or throw yourself upon the subway track unless
+you know he loves you the same way, then let Cupid manage the whole
+affair. Believe me, child, Cupid can do it far better than you or I!
+
+"Concerning Paul and myself: I told the darling that I had a contract
+with you which had to be fulfilled before I could sign up with another
+one--even though that other one _seemed_ to be offering me easier work
+and better wages. So I'm in for the business venture for all it is worth
+for the next two, perhaps more, years. I refused to place any time limit
+on a promise to sign up with Paul. Satisfied?"
+
+"Most assuredly! That is the first practical speech I've ever heard you
+make, Nolla!" was Polly's emphatic reply.
+
+"I trust you have sense enough to make the same speech to Tom Latimer.
+Then he will follow Paul's example: be filled with ambition to go back to
+Pebbly Pit and straighten out that caved-in mine."
+
+But both the girls were to learn that it is much easier to talk how
+events should follow in sequence, than it is to compel fate to do as she
+is expected to with such events.
+
+That evening, despite his parents' advice to remain in bed, Tom drove up
+in a taxi and stopped before the Fabians' house. He paid the driver,
+rushed up the steps and pulled at the doorbell.
+
+Polly had just finished dinner and was slowly walking out of the
+dining-room when the maid opened the door. Tom fairly leaped in when he
+saw Polly stopping suddenly under the hall-light.
+
+"Oh, my little--" he began, but Polly held up a warning hand and frowned
+him to silence; then she hurried him to the library across the hall from
+the dining-room.
+
+"What's the matter? Didn't you tell them we were engaged?" asked Tom,
+impetuously.
+
+"I didn't know we were what one calls engaged, Tom. You are
+misunderstanding me. Of course, I did not tell them about what never
+happened." Polly was annoyed.
+
+"But," began Tom, arguing for himself, "I felt sure you meant it the way
+I said: that you would wear my ring and consider I had a prior right to
+your love or affections."
+
+"You're all wrong! Because that is exactly what I wish to retain for
+myself--prior right to follow my own life-line. I did say that I liked
+you more than any other friend I know, and that I might consider you as
+my future fiancé if, in two years' time, I came to the conclusion that I
+would give up a business career. That's all; and that holds no ground for
+your giving me an engagement ring, nor for me to take one and wear it. I
+simply refuse to be bound in any way. Better understand this, once for
+all, Tom!"
+
+The other members of the family now came in and welcomed Tom and also
+insisted upon having him tell them how much better he felt. The ring-box
+which Tom had so eagerly pulled from his vest pocket as he sat upon the
+divan with Polly, he now managed to slip back again without having been
+discovered in the act. Even Eleanor failed to see the action.
+
+Before Tom had had time to conclude his polite answers as to the state of
+his health, the bell rang a second time and the maid admitted Paul
+Stewart. Nor did the evening advance far before Jim and Ken dropped in,
+then came Dodo and Mr. Dalken, and last but not least the Ashbys stopped
+in to inquire how everyone was. Such "stoppings" usually ended, as on
+this evening, by their remaining until midnight.
+
+Mr. Ashby had news for his two new assistants in business. "Late in the
+afternoon before Christmas, I had a 'phone call from Mrs. Courtney,
+girls. She asked me to make an appointment with you to meet her at my
+shop, tomorrow morning at eleven. I promised to let you know."
+
+"Oh, that's the lady we met at the Parsippany sale," exclaimed Eleanor.
+"I wondered what had become of her since then."
+
+"Maybe she wants us to find her a few antiques," suggested Polly,
+eagerly.
+
+"I believe she plans to redecorate her boudoir, and wants you two
+beginners to take the commission. She seems to place a great deal of
+confidence in your ability to please her," said Mr. Ashby.
+
+Eleanor smiled at her superior in business. "Feeling any jealousy at our
+popularity?"
+
+"Not a whit!" laughed Mr. Ashby. "It only adds more glory to my brilliant
+fame, because I was astute enough to secure such talent!"
+
+Mrs. Courtney's appointment to meet the two young decorators in a
+business conference came at just the time when both Eleanor and Polly
+were half-persuaded to give up their art and turn aside to marriage,
+although neither girl really wanted to take the husband instead of the
+career, at that time. When Paul and Tom would be out of sight once more,
+and their magnetic presences removed so that calm business atmosphere
+might control again, both girls would see they had been wise in deferring
+their engagements for the present. Hence the visit of Mrs. Courtney came
+at just the critical time.
+
+Polly and Eleanor were at the Ashby Shops a full hour before the lady
+could be expected. But they put in the hour in going over the latest
+samples of boudoir textiles, new ideas in furniture, and fascinating
+designs of cushions, draperies and other accessories for a boudoir.
+
+Mrs. Courtney was very frank and pleasant in her cordial greeting. For
+all her fame as a social leader in New York and the fabulous wealth
+accredited to her, she seemed very plain and friendly. Eleanor could not
+help contrasting her with her mother and Barbara.
+
+"Well, girls, how many millions of dollars have you made in your
+profession since I saw you at that farce of a sale in New Jersey," said
+she smilingly after they had seated themselves in the small reception
+room.
+
+"That _was_ too bad, wasn't it?" said Eleanor.
+
+"We mean, it was too bad for that nice old auctioneer to be used by the
+city man as he certainly was. We met old Mr. Van Styne before that sale,
+you know, and he was so honest!" said Polly.
+
+"So I learned. But I was annoyed at the city man's methods of getting his
+regular customers so far from the city in order to make money out of
+them; I went down to his office and told him very plainly what I thought
+of such trickery as he had played on me. He apologised in every way when
+he learned that I would never buy another thing of him; but I knew his
+apologies were the result of his fear of losing a good customer. I told
+him frankly that I would not accept his regrets. I have heard from him
+several times since then, but I have paid no attention to his requests to
+allow him to explain the circumstance which ended in that sale in the
+country.
+
+"I did take time to write to this Mr. Van Styne, however, and ask for the
+truth, as I did not want to condemn the city man if there might be
+extenuating reasons for the sale. The old man in Morristown answered that
+he had been used as an instrument in the padded sale. He had known
+nothing of the manner in which the antiques had been brought from the
+City and placed in the house, until afterward. He had sent letters to his
+clientele who favored him with confidence, and many were at that sale,
+much to his discomfiture when he learned the truth.
+
+"Mr. Van Styne added that he had taken the trouble to find out from a few
+of his trusting customers that the articles they had purchased at that
+sale, and which were claimed in the catalogues to be genuine antiques,
+were clever imitations. In fact, a refectory table said to be of genuine
+Jacobean period, was manufactured in the man's factory on the East Side.
+Even the worm-holes had been drilled in the wood and the worn slab of
+wood of the top was done by the plane. To keep himself out of Court, the
+clever fellow had to give back the buyer's money and send up to
+Morristown and get the articles of 'newly-made antique' furniture."
+
+"I'm glad of that!" exclaimed Polly.
+
+"But those buyers should have prosecuted the cheat!" declared Eleanor,
+impatiently.
+
+"That's exactly what I said, but one of them wrote me she was going away
+for the winter; she could not postpone her trip to try the case at Court.
+Thus she took the easiest way out." Mrs. Courtney's determined expression
+showed what she would have done had she been the dupe of such a clever
+dealer.
+
+The subject was abruptly changed when Mrs. Courtney added: "Now we must
+talk business, young ladies. I am sure you cannot spare your valuable
+time in gossip."
+
+Polly and Eleanor glanced at each other and smiled at the idea of their
+"valuable time," but Mrs. Courtney launched at once into the cause of her
+call that morning.
+
+"I never felt at peace with the atrocious decorations in my boudoir,
+although one of the highest-priced firms in New York did the room for me.
+I know it was a case of making me take the costliest materials without
+regard to harmony or temperament. Now I wish to have you girls see what
+_you_ would do with the suite. While I am here, I thought you might show
+me several suites exhibited on the floor and tell me which you would
+prefer for a woman of my age."
+
+Polly immediately signified that she was ready to escort Mrs. Courtney to
+the elevator, thence to the exhibition rooms where every conceivable
+period and price of boudoir furnishings were to be seen and examined.
+
+The three stepped from the elevator, and Polly was leading the way to the
+boudoir suites; Mrs. Courtney watched with deep interest as she spoke in
+a low voice, to Eleanor.
+
+"Jack Baxter called on me, one evening before he went West; he told me
+that your remarkable young friend had everything in life to make a young
+girl want to have a good time, yet she chose a profession for herself in
+place of gayety and beaux."
+
+Eleanor smiled and nodded affirmatively but said nothing.
+
+"That is one of the reasons I wanted to meet you young ladies again. It
+is so gratifying to find any young girl, these days, who takes life in
+earnest. Of all the flippant, mothlike creatures I find flapping about at
+receptions or teas, I have yet to find one in every thousand who really
+thinks of anything other than cigarettes, matinees, and dress. It is
+positively revolting to me to have my rooms clouded with cigarette smoke,
+yet what can a hostess do? The women have gone mad over the habit. The
+danger lies in their not being able to break the influence as readily as
+they form it."
+
+Polly overheard the latter part of this speech and smiled admiringly at
+her client. Then they came to the boudoir exhibit.
+
+A very pleasant hour passed while Polly and Eleanor told Mrs. Courtney of
+their visits to galleries in Europe, and in hearing Mrs. Courtney speak
+of her amusing excursions in quest of the antique. Finally the lady
+remembered an appointment, and in amazement found her wrist-watch told
+her it was twelve.
+
+"Oh, oh! I had an imperative engagement at the dentist's at twelve-fifteen.
+How could this hour have passed so rapidly?" said she, hurrying to the
+elevator in advance of the girls.
+
+While waiting for the man to come for them, the two young salesladies
+wondered if their customer would leave without an order, or word of
+encouragement regarding the future of her boudoir.
+
+On the elevator going down, Mrs. Courtney said: "When you have time to
+come to my address and look at the suite, just let me know by telephone
+and I will make it a point to be at home to meet you, to go into the work
+in earnest. I am confident you can give the right atmosphere to my
+boudoir." Just as the elevator reached the ground floor, Mrs. Courtney
+handed Polly and Eleanor each a card upon which she wrote her private
+telephone number.
+
+"Now, good-morning, my friends. Remember what I said to you about having
+chosen the right pathway, for the present. You will make all the better
+wives and mothers for having had a genuine business experience. How
+superior is your ideal to those of empty-headed society misses who live
+but to dance or drink or waste their true substance."
+
+With such praise of their endeavors, the lady left Polly and Eleanor; and
+they stood where she left them, holding her cards in their hands, but
+still gazing at the revolving doors through which she had passed and then
+disappeared.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+BUSINESS
+
+
+Ruth and Dodo had been sadly neglected during the Christmas Season, but
+after Paul returned to Denver and Tom accepted his verdict that Polly
+would give no valuable thought to lovers for the next two years, the two
+young decorators took time to encourage their younger partners in the
+work they had chosen.
+
+Ruth and Dodo were not as deeply in earnest as Polly and Eleanor had been
+in applying themselves to the studies given at Cooper Union; they
+considered themselves martyrs to the cause of womanly work. Mr. Fabian
+often sighed in despair over Dodo's ideals in ancient architecture, or
+Ruth's recitations of applied designs. Polly and Eleanor laughed at these
+trials of teacher and student and kept urging both sides not to lose
+faith but to keep on until they won the prize.
+
+Meanwhile, the two advanced students visited every exhibit or lecture
+given on their beloved work, and thus acquired more of the idealistic
+experiences in art. For business application of their understanding of
+decorating, Mrs. Courtney supplied one channel of such testing; and Mr.
+Dalken offered another outlet for their wisdom, for he had decided to
+erect a magnificent office building on upper Fifth Avenue, and keep the
+entire top floor as a private apartment for himself.
+
+The girls had many interesting mornings in Mrs. Courtney's home,
+listening to her accounts of trips to every country in quest of curios
+and antiques. Her residence was filled with the results of her travels,
+and her memory teemed with thrilling stories of adventure for the rare
+and beautiful trophies she secured.
+
+"There is still one interesting spot on this globe which I am keen to
+visit, but I have never had the opportunity to go as I wish to go," said
+Mrs. Courtney, one day, after she had been showing the two girls the
+collection of Filipino curios she got during a six months' stay at the
+Philippines.
+
+"I should have said there was no spot where you have not been," laughed
+Eleanor.
+
+"But there is, and that is the South Sea Isles. I have----"
+
+"Where?" gasped both the girls, unconsciously interrupting the speaker.
+
+Mrs. Courtney laughed. "Yes, the South Sea Isles. Do not think them so
+cannibalistic as report has it, my dears. I know an American who has
+lived there more than twenty years and he says that for climate and
+interesting life, give him the South Sea Islands. He almost persuaded me
+to take the trip when he was here last."
+
+"Is he an old friend?" asked Polly.
+
+"No; he is a man I used to commission to find certain curios for me. He
+tells me that textiles woven and colored by the natives of those islands
+are the most beautiful things ever seen. The carvings and hammered
+brasses are more gorgeous than those of Benares or of the East. He has
+made quite a fortune out of exporting selected articles from the Isles to
+the United States, but the great difficulty in such trade is the
+uncertain transportation methods. His goods may reach their destination
+and again they may not. It depends on the character of the owner or
+captain of the vessel. He all but persuaded me to buy or lease a
+sea-going yacht and make the trip for a year's outing. He promised me
+that all costs would quickly be defrayed by the valuable cargo which
+could be stored away in very small space on board the yacht."
+
+"If you were so keen about visiting that place why did you renounce it?"
+queried Eleanor, wonderingly.
+
+"Because I could not induce any of my friends to accept my invitation to
+join my party for such an outing." Mrs Courtney laughed as she remembered
+the expressions on the faces of her friends when they heard of the
+proposed voyage.
+
+"Actually, girls, some of my invited guests asked me to go to Monte
+Carlo, or to the Orient, instead. So that broke up the plan."
+
+"Goodness!" sighed Polly, "I only wish I had been invited!"
+
+"Would you have gone willingly?" asked Mrs. Courtney, eagerly.
+
+"Would I? Say, Nolla, would you have gone with me?" was Polly's instant
+retort.
+
+"Try me now and see?" laughed Eleanor to Mrs. Courtney.
+
+"Really, girls, do not joke! I am seriously inclined to take that trip,
+providing I can induce the right group of friends to accompany me. The
+cost of a yacht would be no small matter in these days of high costs, but
+I would have a year's intense satisfaction out of such a trip, and Mr.
+Needham said he felt sure the costs would be met by the cargo I could
+carry out and another I could bring back on the round trip."
+
+"If our gold mine gets to working again, or should the lava cliffs open
+soon, both Polly and I would love to enlist for just such an adventure.
+But there would be no opportunity to add to our knowledge of decorating,
+would there?" suggested Eleanor.
+
+"Not unless you took your lessons with you, and found clients out there
+who wanted you to decorate their grass huts in the good approved American
+way," suggested Mrs. Courtney.
+
+"Nolla, we ought not to dream of such a trip, because we are tied to a
+two-year agreement with each other, you know. Then we've got to give a
+definite answer to those life-partners, you know," was Polly's lugubrious
+reply.
+
+"I don't know, Polly! In such an unexpected matter as our going to the
+South Seas, a mere beau will have to bide his time. We may find a Fiji
+Islander more interesting to us than one of our Yankee beaus," laughed
+Eleanor.
+
+Mrs. Courtney heard and pondered what had just been said; her next words
+did not hint of her having heard the discussion, however.
+
+"If I do take such a trip, it shall not be in the approved line of Cook's
+Tours. I want to adventure in absolute freedom, with no tagging tourists
+or other obstacles to a perfect adventure. I would carefully select a
+party of fifteen or twenty harmonious souls and charter or buy a private
+yacht. Then start and stop as we pleased. No hurry, no lagging, unless we
+chose. It seems to me that such a wonderful outing would bring peace, at
+last, to my restless spirit." Mrs. Courtney sighed.
+
+The girls laughed because they thought she was joking. But Mrs. Courtney
+was in earnest, as they were to find out. However, the topic now being
+discussed was the South Sea Isle trip so she was determined to conclude
+that before she launched another.
+
+"If I invited you two girls to accompany me as private assistants during
+the trip, and should we find a score of kindred spirits willing to take a
+trip such as I plan, why could you not steal six months or a year from
+your profession, in order to see the world? Surely it would do you no
+harm, and you are still young enough to go on with your work when you
+return to New York?"
+
+Polly and Eleanor seemed to have exactly the same idea. But Eleanor spoke
+impetuously of it, while Polly pondered seriously. "Dear me! If only Mr.
+Dalken could spare the time to take _his_ yacht and invite us to
+accompany him on just such a voyage--what a wonderful trip it would be!"
+
+Mrs. Courtney glanced at the girls, then said: "I've heard so much of
+your great Mr. Dalken but I've never seen him. How old a man is he, and
+what does he look like?"
+
+"Oh, Dalky is not as old as he looks, because he has had such an unhappy
+life, you know; that is how we came to love him so! We felt keenly for
+him," exclaimed Eleanor, regardless of the sharp nudge Polly gave her as
+a warning to hold her tongue.
+
+"Yes, I know his silly wife, poor man!" murmured Mrs. Courtney. She
+seemed to be lost in a sad strain of thought for a short time, and the
+girls hesitated to speak, just then.
+
+Soon, however, she heaved a deep sigh and looked up to smile at the
+serious faces opposite her. "Well, perhaps there is a great happiness in
+store for your good friend, to repay him for all he has silently endured
+these past years."
+
+"We sincerely hope so!" affirmed Polly, earnestly. "If anyone deserves
+peace and joy, dear Dalky does."
+
+"How little the world really knows of the sorrows of those who bear their
+cross in silence!" sighed Mrs. Courtney. "Now, I have heard said that Mr.
+Dalken is a very gay personage who knows how to make the most of his
+money and time. But that report came from his wife, so I took it with a
+grain of salt. I know from my own experience just how the sinner tries to
+smear the saint with his own crimes although I do not mean by that that I
+am a saint."
+
+"Surely you had no unhappy experience in your life, Mrs. Courtney!"
+exclaimed Eleanor, not from curiosity but from the desire to hear her
+esteemed friend declare that she had had only joy in her days. Mrs.
+Courtney understood the motive that urged the question.
+
+"My dear children, my married experience was much like that of your
+beloved friend. The difference being that my gay husband used my position
+and wealth to boost himself to the place where he found more agreeable
+companions than I proved to be. Out of sheer self-respect I was forced to
+divorce him. Then I began my wanderings over the globe, and finally
+settled in this city where I was practically unknown. You see, my pride
+could not brook the pity of my friends although they approved the only
+course open for me when my husband eloped with another man's wife."
+
+"Oh, dear Mrs. Courtney!" sighed Eleanor, ready tears springing to her
+eyes. But Polly crept over and placed a sympathetic hand upon that of her
+hostess.
+
+"It seems ages ago, my children," added Mrs. Courtney. "I was only
+eighteen when I married and I was twenty-one when I divorced my husband.
+I never had a child, and I have always felt as though I had been given a
+very wretched deal in life, for I love children. Because of my
+experience, I can advise other young girls--not to marry too young, nor
+to accept a man for his looks or manners. A girl needs to be experienced
+from business, or travel and association with men, before she is capable
+of judging wisely and selecting the proper mate for life."
+
+The bond created that morning between the mature woman and the two young
+girls, proved to be of such quality as would last. And such a friend as
+Mrs. Courtney would be for two young girls, was one of the benefits both
+Polly and Eleanor received by visiting country auctions of a higher
+class. Not that the particular sale at Parsippany was "higher class,"
+because it was proved to have been a fake sale, but the type of buyers it
+attracted were of an advanced type of mentality.
+
+"But, children, you have told me nothing more about your good friend
+Dalken! Tell me more of him. I just heard of his wife's latest project,
+and I wish to be informed first hand."
+
+"What do you mean, Mrs. Courtney? His wife's latest project?" asked
+Polly, fearfully.
+
+"Oh, perhaps you were not aware that she is in Reno? She found an
+affinity, it seems, during her visit abroad, last summer, and it became
+necessary for her to sever her legal ties if she wished to marry this
+other man. I heard of the scandal but not being interested in the woman,
+and not knowing the man, I paid no attention to the suit. Divorce cases
+are so common in these degenerate days." Mrs. Courtney sighed again, and
+showed her disapproval of the modern style of marriages.
+
+"Poor Dalky! I wonder if he knows of this?" cried Polly.
+
+"He would have to, dear, because she would have to serve him with papers,
+you see," explained Mrs. Courtney.
+
+"And he never said a word to any one nor did he let us see he was
+disturbed in any way," added Eleanor.
+
+"Maybe the poor man is relieved to have it so. At least, he will be
+exempt from paying her such an outrageous income, you know. I take for
+granted that he will put in his defence, thus absolving himself from
+alimony," explained Mrs. Courtney.
+
+"It would be exactly like him to keep quiet and let that horrid woman get
+all she can. He is so magnanimous, you know, that he would think to
+himself 'She was the mother of my children, and as such I must not
+deprive her of what she may need'." Polly's voice had a dual tone as she
+spoke: one of sympathy for Mr. Dalken, one of scorn for Mrs. Dalken.
+
+Mrs. Courtney laughed softly. "I am getting my impressions of your friend
+in piece-meal. You have not yet told me about him."
+
+"That is because you've told us such astonishing news. But now I'll tell
+you all about good old Dalky," said Eleanor. "He is a handsome man of
+about forty-two or four, I think. Isn't he, Polly?"
+
+"Yes, about that age," agreed Polly.
+
+"Well, besides his being handsome and middle-aged, he is loving, awfully
+rich, both in money and good friends, and one of the most intelligent
+mortals I ever met!"
+
+Eleanor's description made Mrs. Courtney smile. "One would be led to
+think you had met all kinds and conditions of mortals in your long, long
+life, child," remarked she.
+
+"Sometimes I think I am very much older in life than _seems_ to be,"
+mused Eleanor. "I feel somehow, that I have lived many centuries before
+this queer modern experience."
+
+"You must have been reading theosophical books, my dear," remarked Mrs.
+Courtney, eyeing Eleanor closely.
+
+"No, I never have. I'm not interested in any such form of research--not
+yet," she laughed.
+
+"Nolla, we ought to be going--really! Every time we come here to talk
+boudoir decorating we switch off into some byway of personal interest,
+and that makes us come again to get down to work," said Polly, rising and
+adjusting her hat, preparatory to saying good-by.
+
+"But what about our round-trip to the South Sea Isles?" was Mrs.
+Courtney's query.
+
+"It isn't coming off, at once, is it? You've got to find a group who are
+companionable, and you've got to get the yacht," said Eleanor.
+
+"It may not take me more than a week to do both. When I make up my mind
+to a thing, I generally do it," returned Mrs. Courtney.
+
+"We'd have to gain the consent of our parents before we could even
+_think_ of taking such a marvellous voyage," declared Polly.
+
+"But the main point is this: would you really care to go, or would you
+prefer staying in New York to continue your profession?" asked Mrs.
+Courtney.
+
+"We'd love to go with you, but I'm not sure I'd want to remain away from
+my work for a whole year," was Polly's thoughtful answer.
+
+"If we entertained any ideas of taking the voyage, the best time for us
+to start would be next Fall. Then we could spend our entire winter in the
+tropics and escape the heat in the equator in the summer, or rainy
+season, by sailing home again."
+
+"Oh, it sounds great! It remains to see who would go," said Eleanor. Then
+the girls said good-by, and started away, full of the unusual invitation
+they had heard that afternoon.
+
+"I'm sure mother and father would not wish me to go," said Polly, after
+the subject had been exhausted.
+
+"Of course, you couldn't offer the excuse that you were going for
+advancement in your profession--as we did when we wanted to tour Europe,
+you know."
+
+"Leaving the thrilling trip out of our minds for a time, I want to ask
+you if you suspected anything troubling Dalky, lately?" said Polly,
+seriously.
+
+"Not a thing. He has seemed just the same as ever."
+
+"That's what I should have said. Then he may not know about his wife's
+perfidy, and I think we ought to prepare him for such news, Nolla."
+
+"Polly, we tried to force an adopted son on him, once, and since that
+time I have been wary of trying to interfere in any other of his personal
+affairs."
+
+"Then let us talk it over with Prof. and ask what he thinks about telling
+Mr. Ashby," suggested Polly.
+
+"That's more like sense. We'll tell Mr. Ashby ourselves, when we get back
+to the Shops."
+
+Thus Mr. Ashby was told the story as told by Mrs. Courtney but he seemed
+not surprised as the girls expected him to be. He merely shook his head
+sympathetically and said nothing.
+
+"Did you know it?" asked Polly, amazed.
+
+"We all knew of it a few weeks ago. Poor Dalky refused all our advice to
+fight the divorce and exempt himself from paying alimony--as he will have
+to do for not putting in a defence. He smiled tolerantly and explained:
+'If she wants any of my money she is welcome to it. I have more than I
+can use, you know'."
+
+"There! That is exactly what I said he would do!" declared Polly,
+vehemently.
+
+"Oh, why does he let her have it? There are so many ways he could make
+poor people happy, instead of throwing his wealth away on such a
+mercenary creature!" wailed Eleanor.
+
+"We have no right to question his motives, Nolla," said Mr. Ashby,
+seriously. "I do not wish to speak of this again, unless he himself
+mentions the subject to you girls. He has seemed anxious to keep the news
+from you, for some reason. But I firmly believe the poor man still has a
+shred of love for his wife alive in his bosom, and that is why he will
+not oppose her in any way she wishes to secure happiness."
+
+That night when Polly and Eleanor sat together doing some home-work on
+decorating, Polly suddenly looked up and said: "Nolla, if only our dear
+Dalky could meet our dear Mrs. Courtney--wouldn't they make a fine
+couple?"
+
+"Oh, Poll! There you go again! I have tried to keep from thinking that
+very thing, ever since I heard Mrs. Courtney tell us of that horrid
+woman's being in Reno. Our Dalky will be free, and what so great as to
+have him fall in love with a really appreciative woman." Eleanor clasped
+her hands and expressed ecstatic joy at the very idea of such bliss.
+
+"But the whole plan would be ruined if it turned out that Dalky was still
+in love with his first wife, you know," argued Polly.
+
+"It wouldn't take long to get him out of it," retorted Eleanor. "With
+such a lovely woman as Mrs. Courtney to be had for the loving and asking,
+I'd like to wager all I have that Dalky would walk into the snare."
+
+"What snare? Who'd set it for his faltering steps?" laughed Polly,
+enjoying this romancing to the utmost.
+
+"Why, we would, to be sure. Now look at it in a practical way, Poll.
+There is Mrs. Courtney: very good-looking, rich, refined, lonely, about
+thirty-five or thirty-eight, at most. Here is our Dalky, also handsome,
+rich, refined, lonely (but for us) about forty years old, and just the
+man to have a wonderful wife to make him happy. Is that not an ideal
+match?" Eleanor tossed her head wisely.
+
+"That's what _we_ think! But we are not going to marry Dalky nor Mrs.
+Courtney. They may not agree with us, you know."
+
+"Polly, nothing like trying out a thing to see how it works. Now we must
+scheme to bring those two together and let them find out how desirable
+each is for the other," suggested Eleanor.
+
+"I think that is a good plan--bring them together and see how they seem
+to get along," said Polly, musingly.
+
+"All right, then. How shall we do it?"
+
+"Could we not invite Mrs. Courtney to inspect some of the materials we
+are going to order for Dalky's apartment? We could so plan that Dalky
+would be there at the same time. Then they would meet and hear that each
+one is the great and only friend the other has heard so much about from
+us?"
+
+"Yes, that's a fine way to get them together," said Polly. "Now when
+shall it be?"
+
+"The sooner, the better," retorted Eleanor.
+
+"We are going to get that book of new imported samples of damask, this
+week, Nolla. Why not ask Mrs. Courtney to look at them. As they are
+ordered for Dalky's apartment, what more natural than he should drop in
+to look them over?"
+
+Eleanor clapped Polly on the back with approval, and both girls then put
+their heads together and romanced about the great match they would bring
+about.
+
+A few days after this conversation, the much-desired package came by
+European post. It was the book of imported samples which had been ordered
+for Mr. Dalken's inspection before he would place an order for the
+materials. The work at Mrs. Courtney's residence had been delayed because
+the youthful decorators said they wished to look over the magnificent
+materials from Paris. When they were sure of Mr. Dalken's visit to the
+Shops that morning, they also insisted upon Mrs. Courtney coming in to
+look over the materials.
+
+The two plotters could hardly keep from hugging each other when they knew
+that both friends were coming, and the opportunity of having them meet
+and fall in love with each other was given at last.
+
+But they did not allow for Fate.
+
+There happened to be a socialistic parade of demonstration against work,
+or some such complaint, that noon; and just as the parade reached that
+section of Fifth Avenue where the Ashby Shops were located, the police
+held up all vehicular traffic. All cars were diverted from the Avenue to
+side streets, but those unfortunate cars caught just at the point of
+crossing the street, had to back and wait until those behind had backed
+out of the congestion, before they could slowly make their way out.
+
+Mrs. Courtney's chauffeur had just attempted to cross the Avenue in order
+to turn in front of the Ashby Shops, when the signal came and all
+traffic, up or down or cross-town, was held up until the parade should
+have passed. Mrs. Courtney was furious.
+
+"Back out and we'll go around a side street to get to my destination,"
+spoke she to the chauffeur.
+
+The man glanced in the mirror to see if the way behind was open, and
+finding no car directly in his pathway, he began to quickly back out. In
+the moment he took his eye from the reflector, another car shot up close
+to Mrs. Courtney's automobile; thus her driver backed suddenly into the
+newly arrived car behind.
+
+There was a smash of lamps, a grinding of fenders and the interlocking of
+back and front bumpers. The passengers were rudely thrown from the
+luxurious cushioned seats, and Mrs. Courtney had her new imported hat
+crushed out of shape.
+
+The two chauffeurs jumped down and began to blame each other for the
+accident; Mr. Dalken managed to pick himself up from the floor of his
+limousine and step stiffly out to learn who was to blame. Mrs. Courtney
+was sure she was in the right; and when the handsome gentleman came up to
+her car to tell her she had a stupid chauffeur, for he should have looked
+well before backing so recklessly into the congested tangle of cars
+behind him, she resented his charge.
+
+While Mr. Dalken stood beside Mrs. Courtney's car trying to convince her
+she was in the wrong, the two chauffeurs began to use their fists upon
+each other. Then, in a few minutes' time, the officer stationed at the
+corner to maintain order for the paraders, rushed up and arrested both
+combatants. Naturally, this caused their employers to see that justice
+was done, and thus it happened that all contestants accompanied the
+officer to the police-station.
+
+Meantime Polly and Eleanor waited and waited, but no one came to inspect
+their sample book. They telephoned Mrs. Courtney's house and were told
+she had left, in her car, fully an hour before. Then they telephoned Mr.
+Dalken's office and heard that he had driven away in his car fully an
+hour before.
+
+"The old parade must have held them up," suggested Polly.
+
+"But that's over, now, and they surely could have been here if they were
+detained at one of the nearby cross-streets," said Eleanor.
+
+Another half hour passed and then two cars drove up and stopped before
+the Ashby Shops. Two people stepped from their individual cars and two
+angry people stood and stared at each other. Then Mr. Dalken, recovering
+first, bowed stiffly and walked across the pavement to enter the Shop
+door. Mrs. Courtney had started to cross the sidewalk before she realized
+that her unknown opponent was entering the same Shop she was bound for.
+She passed through the door he held open, and sent him a careless glance
+of thanks, then looked around for the girls whom she had expected to meet
+there.
+
+Neither girl was in sight, and the lady now asked one of the salesmen,
+"Where shall I find Miss Brewster or Miss Maynard?"
+
+"Just step this way, Madam. I'll take you to their private office," was
+the polite reply.
+
+Mrs. Courtney glanced in a large mirror to assure herself that her hat
+was presentable, then followed her escort. As she reached the partly
+closed door of the office used by the young decorators, she heard a man's
+voice. The same voice which had been accusing her chauffeur of bad
+judgment and ignorance of city laws. Before she could change her mind
+about entering the room, however, the escort had knocked and Polly flung
+the door open. She welcomed the new visitor.
+
+Both girls were tickled to pieces to find how their plot was coming on
+apace: both dear friends were now together at the same time, and all that
+was needed was for them to be introduced.
+
+"Oh, isn't this just lovely!" cried Eleanor, acting her part very well.
+"To find both our friends here at the same time!"
+
+"Dear Mrs. Courtney, this is our dear Mr. Dalken," said Polly, politely.
+
+"And _this_ is the dear friend we have told you of so often, Dalky!"
+added Eleanor, effusively.
+
+The lady and gentleman bowed distantly but never smiled; the girls
+wondered at their strange behavior. Then Mr. Dalken said sarcastically:
+
+"We have met before. In fact, the lady is obliged to me for having spared
+her chauffeur a fine."
+
+"What do you mean?" gasped Polly, all at sea.
+
+"He means, my dears, that he took us to the police station a short time
+ago, just because his stupid chauffeur wouldn't back out of the
+congestion. Naturally, when my man tried to back out the car grazed the
+one behind, and that started the fight," explained Mrs. Courtney.
+
+"I beg pardon, Madam. _I_ did not take you to the station house. You took
+yourself in order to save your chauffeur. And I went to see that my poor
+man had simple justice in the case," said Mr. Dalken, bowing low in mock
+humility.
+
+"Oh, oh! Isn't this dreadful after all we hoped for!" cried Polly,
+throwing herself in a chair and burying her face in her arms.
+
+"What is so awful, Polly dear?" asked Mrs. Courtney, springing over to
+the troubled girl and placing an arm about her.
+
+"Oh, oh! I am so heart-broken over this misfortune!" cried Polly.
+
+"What misfortune, Polly dear?" now asked Mr. Dalken, coming close to the
+girl.
+
+"Oh, oh, oh! I can't speak of it!" sobbed Polly.
+
+"Perhaps I can comfort her, Madam, if you will allow me," suggested Mr.
+Dalken, anxious to take Mrs. Courtney's place as comforter.
+
+She sent him a glance that said as plain as could be: "I can comfort her
+myself--you need not mind!"
+
+Meanwhile Eleanor stood and rapidly pondered the situation. She felt like
+laughing outrageously at the prank Cupid had played on them, but she
+dared not utter a sound of mirth because that might spoil everything. And
+there might be a possible chance of saving the day, after all.
+
+Suddenly, without any previous notice, Eleanor fell upon the other chair
+by the table and dropped her head upon her folded arms. Her body shook
+nervously, and Mr. Dalken believed her to be crying, too. He hastened to
+assure her that there was really nothing to cry about, but his assurance
+only caused the girl to quake the more.
+
+Eleanor was not crying, but had felt that she must laugh or leave the
+room. As she had no desire to leave, she tried to hide her laughing in
+her arms upon the table. But when Mr. Dalken began to comfort her, she
+lost all control of herself and had an attack of hysterical laughter.
+
+The two distraught adults were not able to cope with the situation, and
+they looked at each other in mute appeal. Mr. Dalken was the first to
+speak.
+
+"We'd better bury the hatchet and do something for the children," said
+he, anxiously. "Do you know what to do?"
+
+"Had I better get a doctor, or something?" added he.
+
+"Better get _some_thing," replied Mrs. Courtney, without thinking how
+silly it must sound.
+
+This sent Eleanor off into another wild spell of laughter, but Polly
+began to quiet now that she heard her friend making such a disturbance.
+The ungoverned laughter attracted Mr. Ashby who had just entered the
+Shops.
+
+"Well, well! What has happened?" was the natural thing for him to say,
+the moment he entered the room.
+
+Mr. Dalken tried to explain that a slight shock had occasioned the
+hysteria, and then Mr. Ashby ran for the jug of icewater on the small
+stand by the door. Eleanor was liberally soaked with water before she
+could control her nerves, but once she could gasp again, she cried, "Oh,
+Mr. Ashby! make our two dear friends patch up their quarrel! I shall have
+another fit unless they shake hands right before my face and promise
+never again to act like children!"
+
+As the logic of this accusation seemed apparent to all present, Mr.
+Dalken smiled graciously upon Mrs. Courtney and she held out her hand
+without further animosity. Then Mr. Ashby had to hear the story of the
+accident.
+
+As it was concluded he laughed heartily and said, "When I came in, just
+now, I saw two chauffeurs sitting on the running board of Dalky's car,
+smoking cigarettes and laughing together as if they were twin brothers.
+No sign of disagreement _there_."
+
+"Oh the wretches! And in the station house they called each other all
+sorts of bad names and swore to do away with each other the moment they
+found an opportunity," complained Mrs. Courtney.
+
+The others laughed at her pathetic voice, and Mr. Dalken said, "When they
+discovered they were both Swedes they decided they had best combine their
+forces against the common enemy-employer."
+
+Now that reconciliation had been brought about between these two good
+friends, Eleanor wondered what next to do to further the match she had
+determined to bring about. She looked at Polly for inspiration, but Polly
+seemed to lack any initiative.
+
+"Well, girls! Now that you have agreed to remain yet a little longer on
+this earth with us, I shall have to be saying good-by," declared Mr.
+Dalken, bowing before Mrs. Courtney in his most dignified manner.
+
+"Oh, no, Dalky! Wait just a minute!" cried Eleanor. Then turning to Polly
+for help, she added, "We want Mrs. Courtney and you to come and dine with
+us, some evening, this week. Not at Mr. Fabian's, you know, but at a nice
+quaint little place we know of."
+
+This was news to Polly, but she waited to hear more before she spoke. Mr.
+Dalken laughed and waited for Mrs. Courtney to speak.
+
+"What is this? Do you need a chaperone for an evening?" said she, trying
+to fathom Eleanor's thoughts.
+
+"No, no! But you see, Mr. Ashby always takes his important clients to a
+famous restaurant for dinner, so we have to do the same. You two are our
+first big customers, and I want to do the business up as it should be
+done." Every one laughed at Eleanor.
+
+"Under the circumstances, I think I should be the host and you three
+ladies my guests," suggested Mr. Dalken.
+
+"Well--anyway you say, Dalky, just so long as we get together for an
+evening," sighed Eleanor, as if relieved at the change of plans. This
+called forth another, heartier, laugh at her expense.
+
+One evening, therefore, the four, now good friends, met at one of the new
+unique cabarets, and having enjoyed dinner and the dancing, they spoke of
+Mrs. Courtney's idea of taking a trip to the South Sea Isles. Mr. Dalken
+laughed immoderately at the mention of the place selected for a pleasure
+trip.
+
+"Now I am truly sorry you have set your hearts on going to the South
+Seas, for I had been secretly planning a little jaunt on my own account.
+One reason I bought that sea-going yacht was to have my best friends take
+short voyages with me, whenever we could get away from business.
+
+"I find that I must try to break away from New York in early Spring, and
+the doctor says a sea-voyage is the best vacation I can possibly take.
+Hence I wanted to have my two girls with me. If you are planning to go to
+the South Seas I suppose it will be out of the question for you to go to
+the Orient, on _my_ planned trip?"
+
+As Mr. Dalken paused to watch the effect of this speech, both the girls
+"Oh'ed and Ah'ed" and glanced at Mrs. Courtney. She said nothing and her
+face was a blank so no one could read her mind.
+
+"I had jotted down a list of names of sociable spirits, such as the
+Fabians, the Ashbys, the Alexanders, the Brewsters, the Maynards, the
+Latimers, the Evans, the Stewarts, and Mrs. Courtney with Jack Baxter to
+look after her in lieu of other escort. It may be impossible for all
+members in the families I mention to continue with us on the voyage, but
+they can accompany us part way and then come back home. I planned to go
+via the Panama Canal, and thus on to Hawaii, touching there for a short
+visit to the Islands, and those of our party who must return to the
+States, can get back by steamer to California and thence to their
+respective homes. We will sail on to the land of cherry blossoms and
+pigtails. But you girls with one short sentence blast all these cherished
+dreams."
+
+"Oh, no, Dalky! We wouldn't change your plans for the world!" exclaimed
+Polly, anxiously. "You see, the South Sea Isles will wait until we can
+get there, but you and your plans are apt to change--as the railroad
+guides read--without notice at any time!"
+
+A laugh followed Polly's remark, and Mr. Dalken added, "Well just mull
+over this project for a time and give me your individual opinions about
+it. Of course, we would be crowded if everyone in the families mentioned
+were to accept my invitation and take the round trip; but I feel quite
+safe in inviting all because I am sure I can bank on certain ones
+refusing to go."
+
+"I don't believe you could tear father or mother away from Pebbly Pit,"
+remarked Polly, wistfully.
+
+"And I know for certain that mother and Bob wouldn't give up their summer
+season at a fashionable resort, just to join a party of old-fashioned
+sea-farers," laughed Eleanor.
+
+"Do you think you could persuade your father to join us?" asked Mr.
+Dalken.
+
+"I bet he would go as far as Honolulu, anyway!" said Eleanor.
+
+"That's one for certain to start with!" laughed Mr. Dalken.
+
+"Then there is Polly and myself and Mrs. Courtney, for certain--and that
+makes four; with yourself, we are five!" exulted Eleanor, drawing forth
+another laugh.
+
+"Then it is settled, eh? We sail for the Orient without more ado, just as
+soon as your extensive business deals are done and you will need a long
+rest in order to recuperate for next year's work," chuckled Mr. Dalken.
+
+"If our two clients would postpone their decorating for a year, we might
+be able to start tomorrow," remarked Polly, smilingly.
+
+"But the clients are obdurate, especially when the decorators need
+payment and prestige to succeed in their profession. Besides, the owner
+of the yacht is not keen on sailing the seas in the middle of winter and
+then land in China in the wet season."
+
+"Yes, he is right," admitted Polly.
+
+"If we should really take such a trip, Dalky, what is the best time of
+the year to start?" asked Eleanor.
+
+"Well, we could leave New York in May or June, dawdle along the route
+until we reach Southern California. Those who cannot take time to go to
+Hawaii, can railroad themselves back home, and we can sail leisurely
+across the Pacific to visit the Hawaiian Islands. There again, those who
+cannot go on to the Orient with the decorators who need to study customs
+and periods in the Far East, may say good-by to us and watch us go west,
+while they go east back to business.
+
+"If we take our time, stopping at the Philippines on the way, we ought to
+do Japan and China and even the principal parts of India, in a few
+months. We can bid the East good-by about March and escape the unpleasant
+season there. By taking a direct route home we might reach New York in
+June. It all depends."
+
+"Oh, wouldn't it be wonderful! And all our dearest friends with us!"
+cried Polly, clasping her hands in ecstasy.
+
+"Dear, dear! If only Tom will let you go, Polly!" sighed Eleanor,
+mischievously.
+
+"Tom! What has Tom got to do with it?" demanded Polly.
+
+"Well, you know, he says you ought to consider his wishes more, since he
+is sure you are his soul-mate," teased Eleanor.
+
+"The sooner he finds out that I propose keeping my own soul in custody
+the better it will be for Tom!" declared Polly.
+
+"There, now! That doesn't sound much as if our Polly was deeply in love,
+does it, Dalky?" laughed Eleanor, clapping her hands.
+
+"I never thought she was! She was moved by compassion for Tom, to partly
+agree to consider his proposal. I knew she would not forfeit her
+profession for the doubtful result of conjugal bliss," remarked Mr.
+Dalken.
+
+"Hem--she's right!" asserted Mrs. Courtney. "When two people, as you and
+I are, are on hand to prevent our young friends from precipitating
+themselves into double harness before they have thoroughly studied their
+own minds and desires, we ought to succeed in the work because we speak
+from experience."
+
+"Yes," agreed Mr. Dalken, reminiscently; "I would never marry the finest
+woman on earth, after my first venture."
+
+"Nor would I accept a man, even though he presented himself to me in
+guise of a saint! Even saints have their bad days," laughed Mrs.
+Courtney.
+
+Polly and Eleanor exchanged troubled glances for it was evident that
+their match-making was hopeless. But the voyage to the Orient might
+develop many interesting things which were not revealed to the actors
+then. Thus we leave Polly and Eleanor for the time, and return to our own
+affairs until it is time to go on board Mr. Dalken's yacht for the long
+trip half-way around the world.
+
+
+ THE END
+
+
+ * * * * * *
+
+ AMY BELL MARLOWE'S BOOKS
+ FOR GIRLS
+ Charming, Fresh and Original Stories
+Illustrated. Wrappers printed in colors with individual design for each
+story
+
+Miss Marlowe's books for girls are somewhat of the type of Miss Alcott
+and also Mrs. Meade; but all are thoroughly up-to-date and wholly
+American in scene and action. Good, clean absorbing tales that all girls
+thoroughly enjoy.
+
+THE OLDEST OF FOUR;
+ Or, Natalie's Way Out.
+ A sweet story of the struggles of a live girl to keep a family from want.
+
+THE GIRLS AT HILLCREST FARM;
+ Or, The Secret of the Rocks.
+ Relating the trials of two girls who take boarders on an old farm.
+
+A LITTLE MISS NOBODY;
+ Or, With the Girls of Pinewood Hall.
+ Tells of a school girl who was literally a nobody until she solved
+ the mystery of her identity.
+
+THE GIRL FROM SUNSET RANCH;
+ Or, Alone in a Great City.
+ A ranch girl comes to New York to meet relatives she has never seen.
+ Her adventures make unusually good reading.
+
+WYN'S CAMPING DAYS;
+ Or, The Outing of the GO-AHEAD CLUB.
+ A tale of happy days on the water and under canvas, with a touch of
+ mystery and considerable excitement.
+
+FRANCES OF THE RANGES:
+ Or, The Old Ranchman's Treasure.
+ A vivid picture of life on the great cattle ranges of the West.
+
+THE GIRLS OF RIVERCLIFF SCHOOL;
+ Or, Beth Baldwin's Resolve.
+ This is one of the most entertaining stories centering about a
+ girl's school that has ever been written.
+
+WHEN ORIOLE CAME TO HARBOR LIGHT.
+ The story of a young girl, cast up by the sea, and rescued by an old
+ lighthouse keeper.
+
+WHEN ORIOLE TRAVELED WESTWARD.
+ Oriole visits the family of a rich ranchman and enjoys herself immensely.
+
+ Grosset & Dunlap, Publishers, New York
+
+
+ * * * * * *
+
+
+ THE POLLY BREWSTER SERIES
+ By LILLIAN ELIZABETH ROY
+
+ Durably Bound. Illustrated. Colored Wrappers.
+ Every Volume Complete in Itself.
+
+A delightful series for girls in which they will follow Polly and Eleanor
+through many interesting adventures and enjoyable trips.
+
+Polly of Pebbly Pit
+ Tells about a Rocky Mountain ranch girl and her many adventures.
+
+Polly and Eleanor
+ Eleanor Maynard visits Polly at the Ranch and they have lively times.
+
+Polly in New York
+ Polly and Eleanor visit New York and have a number of very
+ interesting experiences.
+
+Polly and Her Friends Abroad
+ The girls go abroad and spend most of their time with other American
+ travelers.
+
+Polly's Business Venture
+ Polly and Eleanor take up interior decorating. They attend sales of
+ antiques and incidentally fall in love.
+
+Polly's Southern Cruise
+ A hurricane and cloud-burst threatens to swamp the vessel in which
+ Polly and her friends take this trip.
+
+Polly in South America
+ Polly and her friends land at many funny old towns and have several
+ exciting adventures not altogether pleasant.
+
+ Grosset & Dunlap, Publishers, New York
+
+
+ * * * * * *
+
+ CAROLYN WELLS BOOKS
+ May be had wherever books are sold. Ask for Grosset & Dunlap's list.
+ THE MARJORIE BOOKS
+ Happy Books For Happy Girls
+
+Marjorie is a happy little girl of twelve, up to mischief, but full of
+goodness and sincerity. In her and her friends every girl reader will see
+much of her own love of fun, play and adventure.
+
+This series is the American Girl's very own. Each book is attractively
+bound in cloth, and wrapped in a charming colored individual wrapper.
+
+ Marjorie's Vacation
+ Marjorie's New Friend
+ Marjorie's Maytime
+ Marjorie's Busy Day
+ Marjorie in Command
+ Marjorie at Seacote
+
+ THE TWO LITTLE WOMEN SERIES
+
+Miss Carolyn Wells here introduces Dorinda Fayre--a pretty blonde, sweet,
+serious, timid and a little slow, and Dorothy Rose--a sparkling brunette,
+quick, elf-like, high tempered, full of mischief and always getting into
+scrapes.
+
+ Two Little Women
+ Two Little Women on a Holiday
+ Two Little Women and Treasure House
+
+ THE DICK AND DOLLY BOOKS
+
+Dick and Dolly are brother and sister, and their games, their pranks,
+their joys and sorrows, are told in a manner which makes the stories
+"really true" to young readers.
+
+ Dick and Dolly
+ Dick and Dolly's Adventures
+
+ GROSSET & DUNLAP, PUBLISHERS, NEW YORK
+
+ * * * * * *
+
+ THE BOBBSEY TWINS BOOKS
+ For Little Men and Women
+
+ By LAURA LEE HOPE
+ Author of "The Bunny Brown Series," Etc.
+
+ Durably Bound. Illustrated. Uniform Style of Binding.
+ Every Volume Complete in Itself.
+
+These books for boys and girls between the ages of three and ten stands
+among children and their parents of this generation where the books of
+Louisa May Alcott stood in former days. The haps and mishaps of this
+inimitable pair of twins, their many adventures and experiences are a
+source of keen delight to imaginative children everywhere.
+
+ THE BOBBSEY TWINS
+ THE BOBBSEY TWINS IN THE COUNTRY
+ THE BOBBSEY TWINS AT THE SEASHORE
+ THE BOBBSEY TWINS AT SCHOOL
+ THE BOBBSEY TWINS AT SNOW LODGE
+ THE BOBBSEY TWINS ON A HOUSEBOAT
+ THE BOBBSEY TWINS AT MEADOW BROOK
+ THE BOBBSEY TWINS AT HOME
+ THE BOBBSEY TWINS IN A GREAT CITY
+ THE BOBBSEY TWINS ON BLUEBERRY ISLAND
+ THE BOBBSEY TWINS ON THE DEEP BLUE SEA
+ THE BOBBSEY TWINS IN THE GREAT WEST
+ THE BOBBSEY TWINS AT CEDAR CAMP
+ THE BOBBSEY TWINS AT THE COUNTY FAIR
+ THE BOBBSEY TWINS CAMPING OUT
+ THE BOBBSEY TWINS AND BABY MAY
+
+ GROSSET & DUNLAP, PUBLISHERS, NEW YORK
+
+ * * * * * *
+
+ THE BUNNY BROWN SERIES
+ By LAURA LEE HOPE
+
+ Author of the Popular "Bobbsey Twins" Books, Etc.
+
+ Durably Bound. Illustrated. Uniform Style of Binding.
+ Every Volume Complete in Itself.
+
+These stories by the author of the "Bobbsey Twins" Books are eagerly
+welcomed by the little folks from about five to ten years of age. Their
+eyes fairly dance with delight at the lively doings of inquisitive little
+Bunny Brown and his cunning, trustful sister Sue.
+
+ BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE
+ BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE ON GRANDPA'S FARM
+ BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE PLAYING CIRCUS
+ BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE AT CAMP REST-A-WHILE
+ BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE AT AUNT LU'S CITY HOME
+ BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE IN THE BIG WOODS
+ BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE ON AN AUTO TOUR
+ BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE AND THEIR SHETLAND PONY
+ BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE GIVING A SHOW
+ BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE AT CHRISTMAS TREE COVE
+ BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE IN THE SUNNY SOUTH
+ BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE KEEPING STORE
+ BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE AND THEIR TRICK DOG
+ BUNNY BROWN AND HIS SISTER SUE AT A SUGAR CAMP
+
+ GROSSET & DUNLAP, PUBLISHERS, NEW YORK
+
+ * * * * * *
+
+ SIX LITTLE BUNKERS SERIES
+ By LAURA LEE HOPE
+
+ Author of The Bobbsey Twins Books, The Bunny
+ Brown Series, The Make-Believe Series, Etc.
+
+ Durably Bound. Illustrated. Uniform Style of Binding.
+ Every Volume Complete in Itself.
+
+Delightful stories for little boys and girls which sprung into immediate
+popularity. To know the six little Bunkers is to take them at once to
+your heart, they are so intensely human, so full of fun and cute sayings.
+Each story has a little plot of its own--one that can be easily
+followed--and all are written in Miss Hope's most entertaining manner.
+Clean, wholesome volumes which ought to be on the bookshelf of every
+child in the land.
+
+ SIX LITTLE BUNKERS AT GRANDMA BELL'S
+ SIX LITTLE BUNKERS AT AUNT JO'S
+ SIX LITTLE BUNKERS AT COUSIN TOM'S
+ SIX LITTLE BUNKERS AT GRANDPA FORD'S
+ SIX LITTLE BUNKERS AT UNCLE FRED'S
+ SIX LITTLE BUNKERS AT CAPTAIN BEN'S
+ SIX LITTLE BUNKERS AT COWBOY JACK'S
+ SIX LITTLE BUNKERS AT MAMMY JUNE'S
+ SIX LITTLE BUNKERS AT FARMER JOEL'S
+ SIX LITTLE BUNKERS AT MILLER NED'S
+
+ GROSSET & DUNLAP, PUBLISHERS, NEW YORK
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK POLLY'S BUSINESS VENTURE***
+
+
+******* This file should be named 25778-8.txt or 25778-8.zip *******
+
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/5/7/7/25778
+
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:
+https://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+